WO2017101791A1 - Compound and use thereof in preparing drug - Google Patents
Compound and use thereof in preparing drug Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017101791A1 WO2017101791A1 PCT/CN2016/109961 CN2016109961W WO2017101791A1 WO 2017101791 A1 WO2017101791 A1 WO 2017101791A1 CN 2016109961 W CN2016109961 W CN 2016109961W WO 2017101791 A1 WO2017101791 A1 WO 2017101791A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- group
- cancer
- ring
- nmr
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
- SABFYYADJIGVAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCc1c(C(C)(C)Nc2c-3c(O)ccc2F)c-3n[nH]1 Chemical compound CCCc1c(C(C)(C)Nc2c-3c(O)ccc2F)c-3n[nH]1 SABFYYADJIGVAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMGWPPJBCPLHPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCc1c(C2(CC2)Nc(c-2c(cc3)O)c3F)c-2n[nH]1 Chemical compound CCCc1c(C2(CC2)Nc(c-2c(cc3)O)c3F)c-2n[nH]1 GMGWPPJBCPLHPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MJOOHZWVHDCNLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCc1c(CCNc(c-2c(cc3)O)c3F)c-2n[nH]1 Chemical compound CCCc1c(CCNc(c-2c(cc3)O)c3F)c-2n[nH]1 MJOOHZWVHDCNLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFQCOAPIGGVYBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=NNC2=CCCC=C12 Chemical compound NC1=NNC2=CCCC=C12 YFQCOAPIGGVYBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C225/00—Compounds containing amino groups and doubly—bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton, at least one of the doubly—bound oxygen atoms not being part of a —CHO group, e.g. amino ketones
- C07C225/22—Compounds containing amino groups and doubly—bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton, at least one of the doubly—bound oxygen atoms not being part of a —CHO group, e.g. amino ketones having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/30—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by doubly-bound oxygen atoms
- C07C233/33—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by doubly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/58—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/60—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/58—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/64—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/66—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of condensed ring systems and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound to the same carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
- C07C237/28—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
- C07C237/30—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
- C07C237/28—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
- C07C237/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups, amino groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
- C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
- C07C255/57—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and carboxyl groups, other than cyano groups, bound to the carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C257/00—Compounds containing carboxyl groups, the doubly-bound oxygen atom of a carboxyl group being replaced by a doubly-bound nitrogen atom, this nitrogen atom not being further bound to an oxygen atom, e.g. imino-ethers, amidines
- C07C257/10—Compounds containing carboxyl groups, the doubly-bound oxygen atom of a carboxyl group being replaced by a doubly-bound nitrogen atom, this nitrogen atom not being further bound to an oxygen atom, e.g. imino-ethers, amidines with replacement of the other oxygen atom of the carboxyl group by nitrogen atoms, e.g. amidines
- C07C257/20—Compounds containing carboxyl groups, the doubly-bound oxygen atom of a carboxyl group being replaced by a doubly-bound nitrogen atom, this nitrogen atom not being further bound to an oxygen atom, e.g. imino-ethers, amidines with replacement of the other oxygen atom of the carboxyl group by nitrogen atoms, e.g. amidines having nitrogen atoms of amidino groups acylated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C279/00—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C279/20—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups containing any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom, e.g. acylguanidines
- C07C279/22—Y being a hydrogen or a carbon atom, e.g. benzoylguanidines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C49/00—Ketones; Ketenes; Dimeric ketenes; Ketonic chelates
- C07C49/587—Unsaturated compounds containing a keto groups being part of a ring
- C07C49/703—Unsaturated compounds containing a keto groups being part of a ring containing hydroxy groups
- C07C49/747—Unsaturated compounds containing a keto groups being part of a ring containing hydroxy groups containing six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/79—Acids; Esters
- C07D213/80—Acids; Esters in position 3
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/86—Hydrazides; Thio or imino analogues thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/86—Hydrazides; Thio or imino analogues thereof
- C07D213/87—Hydrazides; Thio or imino analogues thereof in position 3
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
- C07D217/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
- C07D217/24—Oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
- C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
- C07D231/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D231/56—Benzopyrazoles; Hydrogenated benzopyrazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/90—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
- C07D239/95—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 4
- C07D239/96—Two oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/125—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
- C07D295/13—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D295/145—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
- C07D295/15—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
- C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
- C07D333/20—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/10—Spiro-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- the invention belongs to the technical field of medicine, and particularly relates to a novel compound and the use of the novel compound in preparing a medicament.
- cancer refers to a malignant tumor that originates from epithelial tissue and is the most common type of malignant tumor.
- malignant tumors originating from mesenchymal tissue are collectively referred to as sarcomas.
- a few malignant tumors are not named according to the above principles, such as nephroblastoma, malignant teratoma and so on.
- cancer is used to refer to all malignant tumors.
- Tumors are new organisms formed by the body's cells under the action of various tumorigenic factors, which lose the normal regulation of their growth at the genetic level and lead to abnormal proliferation and differentiation. Once a new organism is formed, it will not stop growing due to the elimination of the cause. His growth is not regulated by the normal body, but the normal tissues and organs are destroyed. This is especially true in malignant tumors. Compared with benign tumors, malignant tumors grow fast, invasive growth, prone to bleeding, necrosis, ulcers, etc., and often have distant metastasis, causing body weight loss, weakness, anemia, loss of appetite, fever and severe organs. Impaired function, etc., eventually causing death.
- Non-small cell lung cancer is one of the most common malignant tumors in the world, and it has become the number one cause of death in malignant tumors in urban population in China.
- Non-small cell lung cancer includes squamous cell carcinoma (squamous cell carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, and large cell carcinoma. Compared with small cell carcinoma, its cancer cells grow slowly and have a relatively slow diffusion and metastasis.
- Non-small cell lung cancer accounts for about 80% of all lung cancers, and about 75% of patients are already in the advanced stage, and the 5-year survival rate is very low.
- Brg1 gene As a new tumor suppressor gene, Brg1 gene has been found to be an important tumor suppressor gene in many tumor research. Many tumors are related to their functional inactivation or gene mutation and deletion. It is also found to be involved in signal transduction during mitosis and is closely related to many important tumor suppressor genes such as Rb gene and CD44.
- the present invention provides a compound which is a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, a racemate, an oxynitride of a compound represented by the formula (I) or a compound of the formula (I). , hydrates, solvates, metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs:
- R1 means H, Or a five-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by a C 1-5 alkyl group or a C 1-5 alkyl ester group;
- R6 is a bond, H, C 1 ⁇ 5 alkylene group, optionally substituted C 1 ⁇ 5 alkylene 5-membered nitrogen heterocycle, or optionally substituted C 1 ⁇ 5 alkylene imino group;
- R7 and R8 are each independently H, C 1-5 alkyl, or optionally C 1-5 alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcycloalkyl, C 1-5 An alkylcycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkylene aryl group, a six-membered heterocyclic ring, an alkylene six-membered heterocyclic ring, a cyano group, a cyanoimino C 1-5 alkyl substituted imino group or a minor amino group;
- R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently H, halogen, hydroxy, C 1-5 alkoxy, amine, C 1-5 carbonyl imino or imino, aryl, nitro or Cyano group, provided that R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are not H at the same time;
- Adjacent two of R1 to R6 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached constitute an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkyl group, an aryl group, a five to seven membered ring optionally containing at least one of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen or a thick Double ring.
- the inventors have unexpectedly discovered that the compound can be effectively used for the treatment of cancer, especially non-small cell lung cancer.
- the invention provides the use of a compound as hereinbefore described in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
- the cancer is lung cancer.
- the lung cancer is non-small cell lung cancer.
- the non-small cell lung cancer is a BRG1 gene deletion.
- the present invention also provides a method for treating cancer comprising administering a compound or a composition containing the compound to a subject, such as a patient.
- the present invention also provides a composition for treating cancer comprising the aforementioned compound as an activity ingredient.
- the articles used herein are used to refer to the articles of one or more than one (ie, at least one).
- a component refers to one or more components, that is, there may be more than one component contemplated for use or use in embodiments of the embodiments.
- subject refers to an animal. Typically the animal is a mammal. Subjects, for example, also refer to primates (eg, humans, males or females), cattle, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds, and the like. In certain embodiments, the subject is a primate. In other embodiments, The subject is a human.
- primates eg, humans, males or females
- the subject is a primate.
- the subject is a human.
- patient refers to a person (including adults and children) or other animal. In some embodiments, “patient” refers to a human.
- Stereoisomer refers to a compound that has the same chemical structure but differs in the way the atoms or groups are spatially aligned. Stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, conformational isomers (rotomers), geometric isomers (cis/trans) isomers, atropisomers, etc. .
- “Chirality” is a molecule that has properties that cannot overlap with its mirror image; “non-chiral” refers to a molecule that can overlap with its mirror image.
- Enantiomer refers to two isomers of a compound that are not superimposable but are mirror images of each other.
- Diastereomer refers to a stereoisomer that has two or more chiral neutralities and whose molecules are not mirror images of each other. Diastereomers have different physical properties such as melting point, boiling point, spectral properties and reactivity. The mixture of diastereomers can be separated by high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography, such as HPLC.
- any asymmetric atom (e.g., carbon, etc.) of the compounds disclosed herein may exist in racemic or enantiomerically enriched form, such as the (R)-, (S)- or (R, S)-configuration presence.
- each asymmetric atom has at least 50% enantiomeric excess in the (R)- or (S)-configuration, at least 60% enantiomeric excess, at least 70% enantiomeric excess, at least 80% enantiomeric excess, at least 90% enantiomeric excess, at least 95% enantiomeric excess, or at least 99% enantiomeric excess.
- the compounds of the invention may be one of the possible isomers or mixtures thereof, such as racemates and mixtures of diastereomers (depending on the number of asymmetric carbon atoms) The form exists.
- Optically active (R)- or (S)-isomers can be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. If the compound contains a double bond, the substituent may be in the E or Z configuration; if the compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl group, the substituent of the cycloalkyl group may have a cis or trans configuration.
- the resulting mixture of any stereoisomers can be separated into pure or substantially pure geometric isomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, for example, by chromatography, depending on the difference in physicochemical properties of the components. Method and / or step crystallization.
- racemate of any of the resulting end products or intermediates can be resolved into the optical antipodes by methods known to those skilled in the art by known methods, for example, by obtaining the diastereomeric salts thereof. Separation. Racemic products can also be separated by chiral chromatography, such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a chiral adsorbent.
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
- enantiomers can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, for example, see Jacques, et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Principles of Asymmetric Synthesis (2 nd Ed. Robert) E.
- tautomer or "tautomeric form” refers to structural isomers having different energies that are interconvertible by a low energy barrier. If tautomerism is possible (as in solution), the chemical equilibrium of the tautomers can be achieved.
- proton tautomers also known as prototropic tautomers
- Valence tautomers include interconversions by recombination of some bonding electrons.
- keto-enol tautomerization is the interconversion of a pentane-2,4-dione and a 4-hydroxypent-3-en-2-one tautomer.
- Another example of tautomerization is phenol-keto tautomerization.
- a specific example of phenol-keto tautomerization is the interconversion of pyridin-4-ol and pyridine-4(1H)-one tautomers. All tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention unless otherwise indicated.
- the compounds of the present invention may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the compounds of the above formula, or specific examples, subclasses, and inclusions of the present invention.
- substituents such as the compounds of the above formula, or specific examples, subclasses, and inclusions of the present invention.
- a class of compounds may be used interchangeably.
- substituted means that one or more hydrogen atoms in a given structure are replaced by a particular substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an optional substituent group can be substituted at each substitutable position of the group.
- substituents When more than one position in the given formula can be substituted by one or more substituents selected from a particular group, the substituents may be substituted at the various positions, either identically or differently.
- the substituents described therein may be, but are not limited to, hydrazine, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amino, carboxy, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkane.
- C 1 -C 5 alkyl or “C 1-5 alkyl” refers particularly to the disclosure independently methyl, ethyl, C 3 alkyl, C 4 and C 5 alkyl groups.
- alkyl or "alkyl group” as used herein, denotes a saturated straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbon group containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl group may be optionally selected The ground is replaced by one or more substituents described herein. Unless otherwise specified, an alkyl group contains from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the alkyl group contains from 1 to 12 carbon atoms; in another embodiment, the alkyl group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in yet another embodiment, the alkyl group contains 1 - 4 carbon atoms; also in one embodiment, the alkyl group contains 1-3 carbon atoms.
- alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, -CH 3 ), ethyl (Et, -CH 2 CH 3 ), n-propyl (n-Pr, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), isopropyl (i-Pr, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), n-butyl (n-Bu, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), isobutyl (i-Bu, -CH 2 CH) (CH 3 ) 2 ), sec-butyl (s-Bu, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), tert-butyl (t-Bu, -C(CH 3 ) 3 ), n-pentyl (-CH) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-pentyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-pentyl (-CH(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-methyl -2-butyl (-C(CHCH
- C xy alkyl refers to an alkyl group having a C atom number of xy.
- alkoxy denotes an alkyl group attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, wherein the alkyl group has the meaning as described herein. Unless otherwise specified, the alkoxy group contains from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the alkoxy group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in another embodiment, the alkoxy group contains from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; in yet another embodiment, the alkoxy group The group contains 1-3 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents described herein.
- alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy (MeO, -OCH 3 ), ethoxy (EtO, -OCH 2 CH 3 ), 1-propoxy (n-PrO, n- Propyloxy, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-propoxy (i-PrO, i-propoxy, -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 1-butoxy (n-BuO, n- Butoxy, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-methyl-l-propoxy (i-BuO, i-butoxy, -OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-butyl Oxygen (s-BuO, s-butoxy, -OCH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-methyl-2-propoxy (t-BuO, t-butoxy, -OC (CH) 3 ) 3 ), 1-pentyloxy (n-pentyloxy, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH
- heterocyclyl and “heterocycle” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring containing from 3 to 12 ring atoms, wherein monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic
- the ring does not contain an aromatic ring, and at least one ring atom is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms.
- the sulfur atom of the ring can be optionally oxidized to an S-oxide.
- the nitrogen atom of the ring can be optionally oxidized to an N-oxygen compound.
- heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thioheterobutyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrrolyl , pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, 1,3-dioxocyclopentyl, dithiocyclopentyl, tetrahydrogen Pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, (1-oxo)-sulfur Daimorpholiny
- Examples of the sulfur atom in the heterocyclic group being oxidized include, but are not limited to, a sulfolane group, a 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl group.
- the heterocyclyl group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents described herein.
- fused bicyclic and “fused bicyclic” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a monovalent or multivalent saturated or partially unsaturated bridged ring system, which refers to a bicyclic system.
- bridged ring means that any two rings share two atoms that are directly or not directly connected. For example, as described by the following formulas a and b, ring A and ring A' share two directly connected C atoms, and ring B and ring B' share two C atoms which are not directly connected.
- Each of the fused bicyclic rings is either a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.
- heteroatom refers to O, S, N, P, and Si, including any form of oxidation states of N, S, and P; forms of primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary ammonium salts; or nitrogen atoms in heterocycles. a form in which hydrogen is substituted, for example, N (like N in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (like NH in pyrrolidinyl) or NR (like in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl) NR).
- halogen means fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br) or iodine (I).
- aryl denotes a monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic carbocyclic ring system containing from 6 to 14 ring atoms, or from 6 to 12 ring atoms, or from 6 to 10 ring atoms, wherein at least one ring system is aromatic Of the family, wherein each ring system comprises a ring of 3-7 atoms and one or more attachment points are attached to the remainder of the molecule.
- aryl can be used interchangeably with the term "aromatic ring”. Examples of the aryl group may include a phenyl group, a decyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracene group.
- the aryl group may be independently and optionally substituted with one or more substituents described herein.
- the Markush variable recited for that group is understood to be a linking group.
- the "aryl" is listed for the Markush group definition for this variable, it should be understood that the "aryl” represents a linked arylene group.
- prodrug denotes a compound which is converted in vivo to a compound of formula (I). Such transformation is affected by the hydrolysis of the prodrug in the blood or by enzymatic conversion to the parent structure in the blood or tissue.
- the prodrug-like compound of the present invention may be an ester.
- the ester may be used as a prodrug such as a phenyl ester, an aliphatic (C 1-24 ) ester, an acyloxymethyl ester, or a carbonate. , carbamates and amino acid esters.
- a compound of the invention comprises a hydroxyl group, i.e., it can be acylated to give a compound in the form of a prodrug.
- Other prodrug forms include phosphates, such as those obtained by phosphorylation of a hydroxy group on the parent.
- Metal product refers to a product obtained by metabolism of a specific compound or a salt thereof in vivo. Metabolites of a compound can be identified by techniques well known in the art, and the activity can be characterized by experimental methods as described herein. Such a product may be obtained by administering a compound by oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, defatting, enzymatic cleavage and the like. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of a compound, including metabolites produced by intimate contact of a compound of the invention with a mammal for a period of time.
- the "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” as used in the present invention means an organic salt and an inorganic salt of the compound of the present invention.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art, as described in the literature: SMBerge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66: 1-19.
- Salts formed by pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids include, but are not limited to, mineral acid salts formed by reaction with amino groups, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulfate, perchlorate, And organic acid salts such as acetates, oxalates, maleates, tartrates, citrates, succinates, malonates, or by other methods described in the literature, such as ion exchange These salts.
- salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, besylate, benzoate, disulfate, borate, butyrate, camphoric acid Salt, camphor sulfonate, cyclopentylpropionate, digluconate, lauryl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate Salt, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, Malate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, palmitate, pamoate, pectate, persulphate, 3 -Phenylpropionate
- Salts obtained by appropriate bases include the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts.
- the present invention also contemplates quaternary ammonium salts formed from any of the compounds comprising a group of N. Water soluble or oil soluble or dispersed products can be obtained by quaternization.
- Alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts further comprise suitable amine cation nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and the counterion, such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfated, phosphorylated compounds, nitrate compounds, C 1 -8 sulfonate and aromatic sulfonate.
- suitable amine cation nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and the counterion such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfated, phosphorylated compounds, nitrate compounds, C 1 -8 sulfonate and aromatic sulfonate.
- Solvent-forming solvents include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and aminoethanol.
- hydrate means that the solvent molecule is an association formed by water.
- treating any disease or condition, in some embodiments, “treating” refers to ameliorating a disease or condition (ie, slowing or preventing or alleviating the progression of a disease or at least one of its clinical symptoms). In other embodiments, “treating” refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter, including physical parameters that may not be perceived by the patient. In other embodiments, “treating” refers to modulating a disease or condition from the body (eg, stabilizing a detectable symptom) or physiologically (eg, stabilizing the body's parameters) or both. In other embodiments, “treating” refers to preventing or delaying the onset, onset, or exacerbation of a disease or condition.
- cancer refers to or describes a physiological condition in a patient that is typically characterized by uncontrolled cell growth.
- a “tumor” contains one or more cancer cells. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia, or lymphoid malignancies.
- squamous cell carcinoma such as squamous cell carcinoma
- lung cancer including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), lung adenocarcinoma, and lung squamous cell carcinoma
- peritoneal cancer Hepatocellular cancer
- gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer
- pancreatic cancer malignant glioma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma (hepatoma) ), breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer or uterine cancer, salivary gland cancer, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulvar cancer, thyroid cancer, liver cancer ( Hepatic carcinoma), anal cancer, penile cancer, and head and neck cancer.
- the present invention provides a compound which is a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, a racemate, an oxynitride of a compound represented by the formula (I) or a compound of the formula (I). , hydrates, solvates, metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs:
- R 6 is a bond, H, C 1-5 alkylene group, optionally C 1-5 An alkyl-substituted five-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, or an imino group optionally substituted by a C 1-5 alkylene group, wherein R 7 and R 8 are each independently H, C 1-5 alkyl, or optionally C 1 ⁇ 5- alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcycloalkyl, C 1-5 alkylcycloalkenyl, aryl, alkylene aryl, six-membered heterocyclic, alkylene a six-membered heterocyclic ring, a cyano group, a cyanoimino C 1-5 alkyl group substituted imino group or a secondary amino group
- R1 is an optionally substituted iminocarbonyl group, a secondary aminocarbonyl group or a five-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring.
- the halogen is F or Cl.
- R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached constitute an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkyl group, an aryl group, a five to seven membered ring optionally containing at least one of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen or a fused bicyclic ring.
- R2 and R3 together with the C atom to which they are attached form a carbon optionally substituted with 1 to 5 alkyl group, an aryl group, optionally containing oxygen, or a 5- to 7-membered rings fused bicyclic at least one of sulfur and nitrogen.
- R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached constitute an optionally substituted five- to seven-membered ring or a fused bicyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, optionally a five to seven-membered ring or fused At least one carbonyl group is formed on the bicyclic ring.
- the compound is a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, a racemate, an oxynitride, a hydrate or a solvate of a compound represented by the following formula or a compound represented by the formula: , metabolites and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs:
- the invention provides the use of a compound as hereinbefore described in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
- the cancer is lung cancer.
- the lung cancer is non-small cell lung cancer.
- the non-small cell lung cancer is a BRG1 gene deletion.
- the present invention also provides a method for treating cancer comprising administering a compound or a composition containing the compound to a subject, such as a patient.
- the present invention also proposes a composition for treating cancer comprising the aforementioned compound as an active ingredient.
- the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- pharmaceutically acceptable includes that the substance or composition must be chemically or toxicologically relevant to the other components of the formulation and to the mammal being treated.
- Salts of the compounds of the invention also include salts for the preparation or purification of intermediates of the compounds of formula (I) or enantiomers of the compounds of formula (I), but are not necessarily pharmaceutically acceptable Salt.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic acids, such as acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bromide/hydrobromide, bicarbonate/ Carbonate, hydrogen sulfate/sulfate, camphorsulfonate, chloride/hydrochloride, chlorophylline, citrate, ethanedisulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, Portuguese Saccharate, glucuronate, hippurate, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, lauryl sulfate, Malate, maleate, malonate, mandelate, methanesulfonate, methyl sulfate, naphthoate, naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, octadecanoate, Oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate
- Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid. , ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, sulfosalicylic acid, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic bases and organic bases.
- Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, ammonium salts and metals of Groups I to XII of the Periodic Table.
- the salt is derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, silver, zinc, and copper; particularly suitable salts include the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
- Organic bases from which salts can be derived include primary, secondary and tertiary amines, and substituted amines include naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins and the like.
- Certain organic amines include, for example, isopropylamine, benzathine, cholinate, diethanolamine, diethylamine, lysine, meglumine, piperazine, and tromethamine. .
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound, basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
- such salts can be obtained by reacting the free acid form of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of a suitable base such as a hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like of Na, Ca, Mg or K.
- a suitable base such as a hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like of Na, Ca, Mg or K.
- the free base form of these compounds is prepared by reaction with a stoichiometric amount of a suitable acid. This type of reaction is usually carried out in water or an organic solvent or a mixture of the two.
- a non-aqueous medium such as diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol or acetonitrile.
- a non-aqueous medium such as diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol or acetonitrile.
- the compounds disclosed in the present invention may also be obtained in the form of their hydrates or in the form of their solvents (e.g., ethanol, DMSO, etc.) for their crystallization.
- solvents e.g., ethanol, DMSO, etc.
- the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates either intrinsically or by design with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents, including water; thus, the invention is intended to include both solvated and unsolvated forms.
- any structural formula given by the present invention is also intended to indicate that these compounds are not isotopically enriched and isotopically enriched.
- Isotopically enriched compounds have the structure depicted by the general formula given herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number.
- Exemplary isotopes that may be incorporated into the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 17 O , 18 O, 18 F, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl and 125 I.
- the compounds of the invention include isotopically enriched compounds of the invention, for example, those in which a radioisotope such as 3 H, 14 C and 18 F is present, or in which a non-radioactive isotope is present, such as 2 H and 13 C.
- a radioisotope such as 3 H, 14 C and 18 F
- a non-radioactive isotope such as 2 H and 13 C.
- isotopically enriched compounds can be used for metabolic studies (using 14 C), reaction kinetic studies (using, for example, 2 H or 3 H), detection or imaging techniques such as positron emission tomography (PET) or including drugs or Single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) of substrate tissue distribution assays, or may be used in patient radiation therapy.
- 18 F enriched compounds are particularly desirable for PET or SPECT studies.
- the isotopically enriched compound of formula (I) can be prepared by conventional techniques familiar to those skilled in the art or by the use of suitable isotopically labeled reagents in place of the previously used unlabeled reagents as described in the Examples and Preparations of the present invention.
- substitution of heavier isotopes may provide certain therapeutic advantages resulting from higher metabolic stability. For example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dose requirements or improved therapeutic index.
- the hydrazine in the present invention is regarded as a substituent of the compound represented by the formula (I).
- Isotopic enrichment factors can be used to define the concentration of such heavier isotopes, particularly ruthenium.
- isotopic enrichment factor refers to the ratio between the isotope abundance and the natural abundance of a given isotope.
- a substituent of a compound of the invention is designated as hydrazine
- the compound has at least 3500 for each of the specified hydrazine atoms (52.5% of ruthenium incorporation at each of the specified ruthenium atoms), at least 4,000 (60% of ruthenium incorporation), At least 4,500 (67.5% of cerium incorporation), at least 5,000 (75% of cerium incorporation), at least 5,500 (82.5% of cerium incorporation), at least 6,000 (90% of cerium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95%) Iridium enrichment factor with at least 6466.7 (97% cerium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% cerium incorporation) or at least 6633.3 (99.5% cerium incorporation).
- the present invention can include pharmaceutically acceptable solvates wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, for example D 2 O, acetone -d 6, DMSO-d 6 solvate of those.
- compositions, formulations and administrations of the compounds of the invention are provided.
- the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, adjuvant, vehicle, or a combination thereof.
- the amount of the compound in the pharmaceutical composition disclosed in the present invention means an amount effective to detect inhibition of protein kinase in a biological sample or a patient.
- compositions of the invention may exist in free form for treatment or, if appropriate, in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives.
- pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives include pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, salts, esters, salts of such esters, or can be provided directly or indirectly to a patient in need thereof. Any additional adduct or derivative of the compound or its metabolite or residue.
- compositions disclosed herein can be prepared and packaged in a bulk form in which a safe and effective amount can be extracted The compound of formula (I) is then administered to the patient in the form of a powder or syrup.
- the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be prepared and packaged in unit dosage form wherein each physically discrete unit contains a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I).
- the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can generally contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 1 g, or from 1 mg to 700 mg, or from 5 mg to 100 mg of the compounds disclosed herein.
- pharmaceutically acceptable excipient means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, mixture or vehicle that is associated with the administration of a dosage form or pharmaceutical composition.
- Each excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition when mixed to avoid interactions which would greatly reduce the efficacy of the compounds disclosed herein when administered to a patient and result in a pharmaceutical composition that is not pharmaceutically acceptable Interaction.
- each excipient must be pharmaceutically acceptable, for example, of sufficiently high purity.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients will vary depending upon the particular dosage form chosen.
- pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be selected based on their particular function in the composition. For example, certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be selected which can aid in the production of a uniform dosage form. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be selected which can aid in the production of stable dosage forms. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that facilitate the carrying or transport of a compound of the present invention from one organ or part of the body to another organ or part of the body upon administration to a patient may be selected. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that enhance patient compliance may be selected.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include the following types of excipients: diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents , solvents, cosolvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, flavoring agents, taste masking agents, coloring agents, anti-caking agents, humectants, chelating agents, plasticizers, tackifiers, antioxidants, Preservatives, stabilizers, surfactants and buffers.
- excipients include the following types of excipients: diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents , solvents, cosolvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, flavoring agents, taste masking agents, coloring agents, anti-caking agents, humectants, chelating agents,
- compositions disclosed herein are prepared using techniques and methods known to those skilled in the art. A description of some common methods in the art can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Company).
- the present invention is directed to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, adjuvant, vehicle or combination thereof, the process comprising Mix various ingredients.
- Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed herein can be prepared, for example, by mixing at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure.
- dosage forms include those suitable for the following routes of administration: (1) oral administration, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, tablets, powders, syrups, elixirs, suspensions, Solution, emulsion, sachet and cachet; (2) parenteral administration, such as sterile solutions, suspensions and reconstituted powders; (3) transdermal administration, such as transdermal patches (4) rectal administration, such as suppositories; (5) inhalation, such as aerosols, solutions, and dry powders; and (6) topical administration, such as creams, ointments, lotions, solutions, pastes , sprays, foams and gels.
- routes of administration include those suitable for the following routes of administration: (1) oral administration, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, tablets, powders, syrups, elixirs, suspensions, Solution, emulsion, sachet and cachet; (2) parenteral administration, such as sterile solutions, suspensions and reconstituted powders; (3)
- the compounds disclosed herein can be formulated into oral dosage forms. In another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein may be formulated in an inhaled dosage form. In another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein may be formulated for nasal administration. In yet another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein can be formulated in a transdermal dosage form. In still another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein may be formulated for topical administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided by the present invention can be provided as a compressed tablet, a developed tablet, a chewable tablet, a fast-dissolving tablet, a reconstituted tablet, or an enteric coated tablet, a sugar-coated tablet or a film-coated tablet.
- the enteric coated tablet is a compressed tablet coated with a substance which is resistant to gastric acid but which dissolves or disintegrates in the intestine, thereby preventing the active ingredient from contacting the acidic environment of the stomach.
- Enteric coatings include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, phenyl salicylate, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac, and cellulose acetate phthalate.
- the sugar-coated tablet is a compressed tablet surrounded by a sugar coating which can be used to mask an unpleasant taste or odor and to prevent oxidation of the tablet.
- the film coated tablet is a compressed tablet covered with a thin layer or film of a water-soluble substance.
- Film coatings include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000, and cellulose acetate phthalate. The film coating imparts the same general characteristics as the sugar coating.
- the compressed tablet is a compressed tablet prepared over more than one compression cycle, including a multilayer tablet, and a press-coated or dry-coated tablet.
- the tablet dosage form can be prepared from the active ingredient in powder, crystalline or granular form, alone or in combination with one or more carriers or excipients described herein, including carriers Decomposing agents, controlled release polymers, lubricants, diluents and/or colorants. Flavoring and sweetening agents are particularly useful in forming chewable tablets and lozenges.
- Exemplary pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or components thereof are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethylcellulose And methyl cellulose; western yellow gum powder; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; synthetic oil; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olives Oil and corn oil; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; phosphate buffer solution; emulsifiers, such as Tween; wetting agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate Colorant; flavoring agent; compressed tablet; stabilizer; antioxidant; preservative; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphate buffer solution.
- sugars such
- the pharmaceutical composition provided by the present invention may be provided in a soft capsule or a hard capsule, which may be prepared from gelatin, methylcellulose, starch or calcium alginate.
- the hard gelatin capsule also known as dry-filled capsule (DFC)
- DFC dry-filled capsule
- Soft elastic capsules are soft, spherical shells, such as gelatin shells, which are plasticized by the addition of glycerin, sorbitol or similar polyols.
- Soft gelatin shells may contain preservatives to prevent microbial growth. Suitable preservatives are those as described herein, including methylparaben and paraben, and sorbic acid.
- liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms can be encapsulated in a capsule.
- suitable liquid and semisolid dosage forms include solutions and suspensions in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides.
- Capsules containing such a solution can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239 and 4,410,545.
- the capsules may also employ coatings as known to those skilled in the art to improve or maintain dissolution of the active ingredient.
- compositions provided herein can be provided in liquid and semisolid dosage forms including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, and syrups.
- the emulsion is a two-phase system in which one liquid is completely dispersed in the form of pellets in another liquid, which may be an oil-in-water or water-in-oil type.
- the emulsions may include pharmaceutically acceptable non-aqueous liquids and solvents, emulsifiers, and preservatives.
- Suspensions can include pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agents and preservatives.
- the aqueous alcohol solution may include a pharmaceutically acceptable acetal such as a di(lower alkyl) acetal of a lower alkyl aldehyde such as acetaldehyde diethyl acetal; and a water soluble solvent having one or more hydroxyl groups, such as Propylene glycol and ethanol.
- the tincture is a clear, sweet, hydroalcoholic solution.
- a syrup is an aqueous solution of a concentrated sugar such as sucrose, and may also contain a preservative.
- solutions in polyethylene glycol can be diluted with a sufficient amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water for precise and convenient administration.
- liquid and semisolid dosage forms include, but are not limited to, those comprising the active ingredients provided herein and the secondary mono- or poly-alkylene glycols, the mono- or poly-alkylene glycols comprising: 1,2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-two Methyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether (where 350, 550, 750 refers to the approximate average molecular weight of polyethylene glycol).
- formulations may further comprise one or more antioxidants such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarin, ethanolamine, lecithin. , cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and esters thereof, and dithiocarbamate.
- antioxidants such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarin, ethanolamine, lecithin.
- cephalin ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and esters thereof, and dithiocarbamate.
- Dosage unit formulations for oral administration can be microencapsulated as appropriate. It may also be prepared as a composition for prolonged or sustained release, for example by coating or embedding the particulate material in a polymer, wax or the like.
- the oral pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can also be provided in the form of liposomes, micelles, microspheres or nanosystems.
- the micellar dosage form can be prepared by the method described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,350,458.
- compositions provided herein can be provided as non-effervescent or effervescent granules and powders to reconstitute a liquid dosage form.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the non-effervescent granules or powders may include diluents, sweeteners, and wetting agents.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the effervescent granules or powders may include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.
- Colorants and flavoring agents can be used in all of the above dosage forms.
- the compounds disclosed herein can also be combined with soluble polymers as targeted drug carriers.
- soluble polymers include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol or palmitoyl residue substituted polyoxyethylene polylysine.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be combined with a class of biodegradable polymers used in the controlled release of drugs, for example, polylactic acid, poly- ⁇ -caprolactone, polyhydroxybutyric acid, polyorthoesters. Crosslinked or amphiphilic block copolymers of polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and hydrogels.
- compositions provided herein can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained-release, pulse-, controlled-, targeted-, and programmed release forms.
- compositions provided herein can be formulated with other active ingredients that do not impair the intended therapeutic effect, or with a substance that complements the intended effect.
- compositions provided by the present invention can be administered parenterally by injection, infusion or implantation for topical or systemic administration.
- Parenteral administration as used in the present invention includes intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial, and subcutaneous administration.
- compositions provided herein can be formulated into any dosage form suitable for parenteral administration, including solutions, suspensions, emulsions, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanosystems, and in liquids prior to injection.
- dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical science (see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra).
- compositions intended for parenteral administration may include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients including, but not limited to, aqueous carriers, water miscible vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antibiotics Microbial or antimicrobial growth preservatives, stabilizers, dissolution enhancers, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, multivalent Chelating or chelating agents, antifreeze agents, cryoprotectants, thickeners, pH adjusters, and inert gases.
- aqueous carriers water miscible vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antibiotics Microbial or antimicrobial growth preservatives, stabilizers, dissolution enhancers, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, multivalent Chelating or chelating agents, antifreeze agents, cryoprotectants, thicken
- Suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, water, saline, saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), sodium chloride injection, Ringers injection, isotonic glucose injection, sterile water injection, dextrose, and Lactated Ringers injection.
- Non-aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, plant-derived non-volatile oils, castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated soybean oil and coconut oil. Chain triglycerides, and palm seed oil.
- Water miscible vehicles include, but are not limited to, ethanol, 1,3-butanediol, liquid polyethylene glycols (eg, polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 400), propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide and dimethyl sulfoxide.
- Suitable antimicrobial or preservatives include, but are not limited to, phenol, cresol, amalgam, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propylparaben, thiomersal, benzalkonium chloride (eg benzethonium chloride), methylparaben and propylparaben and sorbic acid.
- Suitable isotonic agents include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, glycerin, and glucose.
- Suitable buffering agents include, but are not limited to, phosphates and citrates.
- Suitable antioxidants are those as described herein, including bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite.
- Suitable local anesthetics include, but are not limited to, procaine hydrochloride.
- Suitable suspending and dispersing agents are those as described herein, including sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
- Suitable emulsifiers include those described herein, including polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate. Polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80 and triethanolamine oleate.
- Suitable sequestering or chelating agents include, but are not limited to, EDTA.
- Suitable pH adjusting agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid.
- Suitable complexing agents include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrins, including alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin, sulfobutylether-beta-cyclodextrin, and sulfonate.
- cyclodextrins including alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin, sulfobutylether-beta-cyclodextrin, and sulfonate.
- compositions provided by the present invention may be formulated for administration in single or multiple doses.
- the single dose formulation is packaged in an ampoule, vial or syringe.
- the multi-dose parenteral formulation must contain an antimicrobial agent at a bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentration. All parenteral formulations must be sterile, as is known and practiced in the art.
- the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a ready-to-use sterile solution.
- the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a sterile dry soluble product, including lyophilized powders and subcutaneously injected tablets, which are reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use.
- the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a ready-to-use sterile suspension.
- the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a sterile dry insoluble product that has been reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use.
- the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a ready-to-use sterile emulsion.
- compositions can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained-release, pulse-, controlled-, targeted-, and programmed release forms.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated as a suspension, solid, semi-solid or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted reservoir.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions are dispersed in a solid internal matrix surrounded by an outer polymeric film that is insoluble in body fluids but allows the active ingredient in the pharmaceutical composition to diffuse through.
- Suitable internal substrates include polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinyl chloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, plasticized Polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, silicone rubber, polydimethylsiloxane, silicone Carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, collagen, crosslinked polyvinyl alcohol and partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate of the trainer.
- Suitable external polymeric films include polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, chloroprene Rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, copolymer of vinyl chloride and vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomeric polymer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber chlorohydrin Rubber, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer.
- the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be formulated into any dosage form suitable for inhalation administration to a patient, such as a dry powder, aerosol, suspension or solution composition.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated in a dosage form suitable for inhalation administration to a patient with a dry powder.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated in a dosage form suitable for inhalation administration to a patient by a nebulizer.
- Dry powder compositions for delivery to the lung by inhalation typically comprise a finely powdered compound of the invention and one or more finely divided pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
- compositions which are particularly suitable for use as dry powders are known to those skilled in the art and include lactose, starch, mannitol, and mono-, di- and polysaccharides. Fine powders can be prepared, for example, by micronization and milling. Generally, the size-reduced (e.g. micronised) compound can be (e.g., as measured by laser diffraction method) is defined by the D 50 value from about 1 to 10 microns.
- Aerosol formulations can be formulated by suspending or dissolving the disclosed compounds in a liquefied propellant.
- Suitable propellants include chlorinated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, and other liquefied gases.
- Representative propellants include: trichlorofluoromethane (propellant 11), dichlorofluoromethane (propellant 12), dichlorotetrafluoroethane (propellant 114), tetrafluoroethane (HFA-134a), 1 , 1-difluoroethane (HFA-152a), difluoromethane (HFA-32), pentafluoroethane (HFA-12), heptafluoropropane (HFA-227a), perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane, perfluoro Pentane, butane, isobutane and pentane. Aerosols comprising the compounds disclosed herein are typically administered to a patient via a metered dose
- Aerosols may contain additional pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as surfactants, lubricants, cosolvents, and other excipients, which may be used by MDIs to improve the physical stability of the formulation, improve valve characteristics, Improve solubility or improve taste.
- excipients such as surfactants, lubricants, cosolvents, and other excipients, which may be used by MDIs to improve the physical stability of the formulation, improve valve characteristics, Improve solubility or improve taste.
- compositions suitable for transdermal administration can be prepared as discrete patches intended to remain in intimate contact with the epidermis of the patient for an extended period of time.
- the active ingredient can be delivered from the patch by ion permeation as generally described in Pharmaceutical Research, 1986, 3(6), 318.
- compositions suitable for topical administration may be formulated as ointments, creams, suspensions, lotions, powders, solutions, pastes, gels, sprays, aerosols or oils.
- ointments, creams, and gels can be formulated with a water or oil base, and a suitable thickening and/or geling agent and/or solvent.
- a suitable thickening and/or geling agent and/or solvent may include water, and/or oils such as liquid liquid paraffin and vegetable oils (such as peanut oil or castor oil), or solvents such as polyethylene glycol.
- Thickeners and gels for use depending on the nature of the matrix include soft paraffin, aluminum stearate, cetearyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, lanolin, beeswax, carbopol and cellulose derivatives, and/or single Stearic acid glycerides and/or nonionic emulsifiers.
- Lotions may be formulated with water or oil bases and usually contain one or more emulsifying, stabilizing, dispersing, suspending or thickening agents.
- the topical powder can be formed in the presence of any suitable powder base such as talc, lactose or starch. Drops can be formulated with an aqueous or non-aqueous base comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilizing agents, suspending agents or preservatives.
- suitable powder base such as talc, lactose or starch.
- Drops can be formulated with an aqueous or non-aqueous base comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilizing agents, suspending agents or preservatives.
- the topical preparation can be administered by applying one or more times per day to the affected area; a closed dressing covering the skin is preferably used.
- Adhesive depot systems enable continuous or extended administration.
- a composition When treating the eye, or other organs such as the mouth and skin, a composition can be applied as a topical ointment or cream.
- a composition When formulated as an ointment, the compounds disclosed herein can be used with paraffin or water soluble ointment bases. Alternatively, the compounds disclosed herein can be formulated as a cream with an oil-in-water cream base or an oil-in-water base.
- the compounds of the invention may be administered as separate active agents or may be administered in combination with other therapeutic agents, including other compounds having the same or similar therapeutic activity and which are determined to be safe and effective for such combination administration.
- the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or ameliorating a disease or condition comprising administering a safe and effective amount of a combination comprising a compound of the invention and one or more therapeutically active agents.
- the combination comprises one or two additional therapeutic agents.
- therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, anticancer agents, including chemotherapeutic agents and antiproliferative agents; anti-inflammatory agents; and immunomodulatory or immunosuppressive agents.
- the methods of treatment disclosed herein comprise administering to a patient in need thereof a safe and effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention.
- Embodiments of the present disclosure include methods of treating the above mentioned diseases by administering to a patient in need thereof a safe and effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention.
- a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein can be administered by any suitable route of administration, including systemic administration and topical administration.
- Systemic administration includes oral administration, parenteral administration Administration, transdermal administration and rectal administration.
- Typical parenteral administration refers to administration by injection or infusion, including intravenous, intramuscular, and subcutaneous injection or infusion.
- Topical administration includes administration to the skin as well as intraocular, otic, intravaginal, inhalation, and intranasal administration.
- a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein may be administered orally.
- a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein can be administered by inhalation.
- the compounds disclosed herein or comprising a compound disclosed herein may be administered intranasally.
- a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein can be administered at a time, or several times at different time intervals, over a specified period of time, depending on the dosage regimen. For example, administration once, twice, three times or four times a day. In one embodiment, it is administered once a day. In yet another embodiment, the administration is twice daily. It can be administered until the desired therapeutic effect is achieved or the desired therapeutic effect is maintained indefinitely. Suitable dosing regimens for the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed herein depend on the pharmacokinetic properties of the compound, such as dilution, distribution and half-life, as determined by the skilled artisan.
- suitable dosage regimens of the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the present invention including the duration of implementation of the regimen, depend on the condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age of the subject being treated, and The physical condition, the medical history of the patient being treated, the nature of the concurrent therapy, the desired therapeutic effect, etc., are within the knowledge and experience of the skilled person.
- the dosage regimen for the adjustment may be required for individual patient responses to the dosage regimen, or for individual patient needs to change over time.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be administered simultaneously with, or before or after, one or more other therapeutic agents.
- the compounds of the invention may be administered separately or in combination with other therapeutic agents by the same or different routes of administration.
- compositions and combinations disclosed herein may comprise from about 1 to 1000 mg, or from about 1 to 500 mg, or from about 1 to 250 mg, or from about 1 to 150 mg, or from about 0.5 to 100 mg, or from about 50 to 70 kg of the individual, or A unit dosage form of about 1-50 mg of the active ingredient.
- the therapeutically effective amount of a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or combination thereof will depend on the species, weight, age, and individual condition of the individual, the disorder or disease being treated, or the severity thereof. Physicians, clinicians, or veterinarians with common skills can readily determine the effective amount of each active ingredient required to prevent, treat, or inhibit the development of a disease or disease.
- the dosage characteristics cited above have been demonstrated in in vitro and in vivo assays using advantageous mammals (e.g., mice, rats, dogs, monkeys) or their isolated organs, tissues, and specimens.
- advantageous mammals e.g., mice, rats, dogs, monkeys
- the compounds disclosed in the present invention are used in vitro in the form of a solution, for example, an aqueous solution, and may also be used, for example, in the form of a suspension or an aqueous solution in the intestine of the body, parenterally, especially intravenously.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein is from about 0.1 mg to about 2,000 mg per day.
- the pharmaceutical composition thereof should provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg to about 2,000 mg of the compound.
- the pharmaceutical dosage unit form is prepared to provide from about 1 mg to about 2,000 mg, from about 10 mg to about 1,000 mg, from about 20 mg to about 500 mg, or from about 25 mg to about 250 mg of the primary active ingredient or per dosage unit form.
- the combination of the main ingredients is prepared to provide about 10 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 1000 mg or 2000 mg of the main active ingredient.
- a prodrug of a compound disclosed herein is a functional derivative which, when administered to a patient, ultimately releases the compound of the present invention in vivo.
- a compound disclosed herein is administered in a prodrug form
- one of skill in the art can practice one or more of the following: (a) altering the in vivo onset time of the compound; (b) altering the duration of in vivo action of the compound; Changing the in vivo delivery or distribution of the compound; (d) altering the in vivo solubility of the compound; and (e) overcoming the side effects or other difficulties faced by the compound.
- Typical functional derivatives for the preparation of prodrugs including variants of compounds which are cleaved chemically or enzymatically in vivo. These variants comprising the preparation of phosphates, amides, esters, thioesters, carbonates and carbamates are well known to those skilled in the art.
- the ethyl acetate phase was combined and the organic phase was washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, ethyl acetate was removed using a rotary evaporator, and the obtained crude product was mixed with silica gel powder, dried, and separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography.
- the phenolic compound (8, 1 eq.) was dissolved in solvent dichloromethane (DCM) and the reaction flask was filled with argon and protected with an argon balloon. Pyridine (1.2 eq.) was added using a syringe at room temperature. 3-Chloropropanoyl chloride (9, 1.1 eq.) was slowly added dropwise to the reaction vial via a syringe. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was quenched with water. After liquid separation, the dichloromethane phase was washed with water and brine.
- DCM solvent dichloromethane
- the methylene chloride phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the organic solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator.
- the intermediate (10, 1 eq.) and AlCl 3 (3 eq.) were added to the reaction flask and heated to 180 ° C for 6 h without solvent. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was quenched with ice cold 2M hydrochloric acid and stirred to dissolve a black solid. It was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then evaporated and evaporated.
- the hydroxy fluorenone compound (11, 1 eq.) was added to ice-cold concentrated hydrochloric acid, and NaN 3 (2 eq.) was slowly added portionwise.
- the reaction solution was stirred at 0 ° C to rt for 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was quenched with water. The aqueous phase was extracted three times with dichloromethane and the organic phase dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After the desiccant was filtered, the organic phase was mixed with silica gel and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give hydroxyisoquinoline compound 12.
- the 4-position of the formyl ester imidazole compound 29 (1 eq.) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran and water, and then a 40% aqueous solution of methylamine (20 eq.) was added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was heated at 60 ° C for 4 hours.
- tetrahydrofuran was removed under reduced pressure using a rotary evaporator, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate.
- the combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the desiccant was filtered off, the organic phase was mixed with silica gel, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give the title compound.
- intermediate 66 is reduced by Pd/C to give intermediate 66.
- the intermediate 66 (1 eq.) was dissolved in a tetrahydrofuran solution, and trifluoroacetic anhydride (1 eq.) was slowly added dropwise to the above solution in an ice bath, and reacted for 1 hour, followed by dichloromethane extraction, and the obtained organic phase was removed by a rotary evaporator. Dissolved, finally obtained intermediate 67, which was used directly in the next step.
- Compound 68 (3 eq.) was slowly added dropwise to a solution of intermediate 67 (1 eq.) and potassium carbonate (5 eq.) in N,N-dimethylformamide.
- NMR Chemical Displacement Perturbation Test Affinity (K D ): The NMR HSQC titration method detects protein amino acid residues that are perturbed by small molecule compounds and detects the binding affinity of small molecules and proteins by a perturbation signal.
- the bromodomain of the 15 N-labeled BRM of 0.05 mM to 0.2 mM was titrated separately from the molar ratio of the small molecule compound from 0.0 to 4.0.
- the HSQC pattern for each titration data point was acquired using a 500 MH or 700 MHz Agilent nuclear magnetic instrument for 18 min at 293 K. The results are summarized in Table 1.
- Cell viability assay The effect of small molecules on cell viability was detected using the MTT assay.
- the cells were placed in 96-well plates, and different concentrations of test small molecule samples, KQ70 (negative control), and DMSO (blank control) were administered for 3 to 4 days, followed by addition of MTT stock solution (5 mg/ml, 20 ⁇ L).
- MTT stock solution 5 mg/ml, 20 ⁇ L.
- 96-well plates were incubated for 4 h at 37 °C in a CO 2 incubator.
- DMSO 150 ⁇ L was added to each well and mixed until all crystals were dissolved.
- the OD value at 490 nm was tested using a SpectraMax M5 (Molecular Devices, CA, USA). It was calculated by nonlinear regression analysis of the concentration values of 50% inhibition IC.
- H1299 cells and lung adenocarcinoma cells (belonging to non-small cell lung cancer) A549 cells, respectively.
- Both H1299 cells and A549 cells are BRG1 gene deletion (BRG1 - ), and BRM gene (BRM + ) non-deleted cell line.
- the cell line cannot express BRG1 protein, but can express BRM protein normally.
- a small molecule that blocks the interaction of a BRM protein with a chromosome in a cell prevents the BRM protein from performing intracellular functions. According to the synergistic lethality rule, in the BRG1 gene-deficient cells, blocking the function of the BRM protein leads to cell death and the effect of small molecules killing cancer cells.
- IC 50 half-inhibitory concentration of each compound (small molecule) was determined according to the conventional detection method, and the results are summarized in Table 1.
- Table 1 +++ represents a strong inhibitory activity, and ++ represents a moderate inhibition.
- the activity, + represents a lower inhibitory activity, but still has a significantly better inhibitory activity than the known compounds.
- the compounds KQ1 to KQ81 of the present invention can effectively treat cancer, particularly the BRG1 gene-deficient non-small cell lung cancer.
- the compounds of the present invention are effective for the treatment of cancer, especially the BRG1 gene-deficient non-small cell lung cancer.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
优先权信息Priority information
本申请请求2015年12月14日向中国国家知识产权局提交的、专利申请号为201510925699.7的专利申请的优先权和权益,并且通过参照将其全文并入此处。Priority is claimed on Japanese Patent Application No. 201510925699.7, filed on Dec.
本发明属于医药技术领域,具体涉及一类新型化合物以及该新型化合物在制备药物中的用途。The invention belongs to the technical field of medicine, and particularly relates to a novel compound and the use of the novel compound in preparing a medicament.
在医学上,癌是指起源于上皮组织的恶性肿瘤,是恶性肿瘤中最常见的一类。相对应的,起源于间叶组织的恶性肿瘤统称为肉瘤。有少数恶性肿瘤不按上述原则命名,如肾母细胞瘤、恶性畸胎瘤等。一般人们所说的“癌症”习惯上泛指所有恶性肿瘤。In medicine, cancer refers to a malignant tumor that originates from epithelial tissue and is the most common type of malignant tumor. Correspondingly, malignant tumors originating from mesenchymal tissue are collectively referred to as sarcomas. A few malignant tumors are not named according to the above principles, such as nephroblastoma, malignant teratoma and so on. Generally speaking, "cancer" is used to refer to all malignant tumors.
肿瘤是机体在各种致瘤因素作用下,局部组织的细胞在基因水平上失去对其生长的正常调控导致异常增生与分化而形成的新生物。新生物一旦形成,不因病因消除而停止生长,他的生长不受正常机体生理调节,而是破坏正常组织与器官,这一点在恶性肿瘤尤其明显。与良性肿瘤相比,恶性肿瘤生长速度快,呈浸润性生长,易发生出血、坏死、溃疡等,并常有远处转移,造成人体消瘦、无力、贫血、食欲不振、发热以及严重的脏器功能受损等,最终造成患者死亡。Tumors are new organisms formed by the body's cells under the action of various tumorigenic factors, which lose the normal regulation of their growth at the genetic level and lead to abnormal proliferation and differentiation. Once a new organism is formed, it will not stop growing due to the elimination of the cause. His growth is not regulated by the normal body, but the normal tissues and organs are destroyed. This is especially true in malignant tumors. Compared with benign tumors, malignant tumors grow fast, invasive growth, prone to bleeding, necrosis, ulcers, etc., and often have distant metastasis, causing body weight loss, weakness, anemia, loss of appetite, fever and severe organs. Impaired function, etc., eventually causing death.
肺癌是世界上最常见的恶性肿瘤之一,已成为我国城市人口恶性肿瘤死亡原因的第1位。非小细胞型肺癌包括鳞状细胞癌(鳞癌)、腺癌、大细胞癌,与小细胞癌相比其癌细胞生长分裂较慢,扩散转移相对较晚。非小细胞肺癌约占所有肺癌的80%,约75%的患者发现时已处于中晚期,5年生存率很低。Lung cancer is one of the most common malignant tumors in the world, and it has become the number one cause of death in malignant tumors in urban population in China. Non-small cell lung cancer includes squamous cell carcinoma (squamous cell carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, and large cell carcinoma. Compared with small cell carcinoma, its cancer cells grow slowly and have a relatively slow diffusion and metastasis. Non-small cell lung cancer accounts for about 80% of all lung cancers, and about 75% of patients are already in the advanced stage, and the 5-year survival rate is very low.
Brg1基因作为一种新的抑癌基因,已在许多肿瘤的研究中发现它是一种重要的抑癌基因,许多肿瘤的发生与其功能失活或出现基因突变、缺失有关。同时发现其与细胞有丝分裂过程中的信号传导有关,与许多重要的抑癌基因如Rb基因、CD44等有密切的关系。As a new tumor suppressor gene, Brg1 gene has been found to be an important tumor suppressor gene in many tumor research. Many tumors are related to their functional inactivation or gene mutation and deletion. It is also found to be involved in signal transduction during mitosis and is closely related to many important tumor suppressor genes such as Rb gene and CD44.
然而,目前治疗癌症尤其是非小细胞肺癌的药物仍有待进一步研究。However, current drugs for the treatment of cancer, especially non-small cell lung cancer, remain to be further studied.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
本发明提出了一种化合物,其为如式(I)所示的化合物或式(I)所示化合物的立体异构体,几何异构体,互变异构体,消旋体,氮氧化物,水合物,溶剂化物,代谢产物以及药学上可接受的盐或前药:The present invention provides a compound which is a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, a racemate, an oxynitride of a compound represented by the formula (I) or a compound of the formula (I). , hydrates, solvates, metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs:
其中,Q表示C或N;Where Q represents C or N;
R1表示H,或任选被C1~5烷基、C1~5烷基酯基取代的五元含氮杂环;R1 means H, Or a five-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by a C 1-5 alkyl group or a C 1-5 alkyl ester group;
R6为键,H,C1~5亚烷基,任选被C1~5亚烷基取代的五元含氮杂环,或任选被C1~5亚烷基取代的亚氨基;R6 is a bond, H, C 1 ~ 5 alkylene group, optionally substituted C 1 ~ 5 alkylene 5-membered nitrogen heterocycle, or optionally substituted C 1 ~ 5 alkylene imino group;
R7、R8分别独立地为H,C1~5烷基,或者任选被C1~5烷基、C1~5烷氧基、C1~5亚烷基环烷基、C1~5亚烷基环烯基、芳基、亚烷基芳基、六元杂环、亚烷基六元杂环、氰基、氰基亚氨基C1~5烷基取代的亚氨基或次氨基;以及R7 and R8 are each independently H, C 1-5 alkyl, or optionally C 1-5 alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcycloalkyl, C 1-5 An alkylcycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkylene aryl group, a six-membered heterocyclic ring, an alkylene six-membered heterocyclic ring, a cyano group, a cyanoimino C 1-5 alkyl substituted imino group or a minor amino group;
R2、R3、R4、R5和R6的每一个分别独立地为H、卤素、羟基、C1~5烷氧基、胺基、C1~5羰基亚氨基或者亚氨基、芳基、硝基或者氰基,前提是R2、R3、R4、R5和R6不同时为H;或者Each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently H, halogen, hydroxy, C 1-5 alkoxy, amine, C 1-5 carbonyl imino or imino, aryl, nitro or Cyano group, provided that R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are not H at the same time;
R1~R6中相邻的两个连同与其所连接的碳原子构成任选取代的C1~5烷基、芳基、任选含有氧、硫和氮至少之一的五~七元环或者稠合双环。发明人意外地发现,该化合物能够有效地用于治疗癌症,尤其是非小细胞肺癌。Adjacent two of R1 to R6 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached constitute an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkyl group, an aryl group, a five to seven membered ring optionally containing at least one of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen or a thick Double ring. The inventors have unexpectedly discovered that the compound can be effectively used for the treatment of cancer, especially non-small cell lung cancer.
在本发明的第二方面,本发明提出了前面所述化合物在制备药物中的用途,所述药物用于治疗癌症。可选的,所述癌症为肺癌。可选的,所述肺癌为非小细胞肺癌。可选的,所述非小细胞肺癌为BRG1基因缺失。In a second aspect of the invention, the invention provides the use of a compound as hereinbefore described in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer. Optionally, the cancer is lung cancer. Optionally, the lung cancer is non-small cell lung cancer. Optionally, the non-small cell lung cancer is a BRG1 gene deletion.
另外,本发明还提出了一种用于治疗癌症的方法,包括为受试对象例如患者给药前述化合物或者含有该化合物的组合物。Further, the present invention also provides a method for treating cancer comprising administering a compound or a composition containing the compound to a subject, such as a patient.
进而,本发明还提出了一种用于治疗癌症的组合物,其含有前面所述化合物作为活性 成分。Further, the present invention also provides a composition for treating cancer comprising the aforementioned compound as an activity ingredient.
需要说明的是,前面所描述的各方面的特征和优点同样适用其他方面。It should be noted that the features and advantages of the various aspects described above apply equally to other aspects.
前面所述内容只概述了本发明的某些方面,但并不限于这些方面及其他的方面的内容将在下面作更加具体完整的描述。The foregoing description is only illustrative of certain aspects of the invention, and is not intended to
发明详细描述Detailed description of the invention
定义和一般术语Definitions and general terms
现在详细描述本发明的某些实施方案,其实例由随附的结构式和化学式说明。本发明意图涵盖所有的替代、修改和等同技术方案,它们均包括在如权利要求定义的本发明范围内。本领域技术人员应认识到,许多与本发明所述类似或等同的方法和材料能够用于实践本发明。本发明绝不限于本发明所述的方法和材料。在所结合的文献、专利和类似材料的一篇或多篇与本申请不同或相矛盾的情况下(包括但不限于所定义的术语、术语应用、所描述的技术,等等),以本申请为准。Some embodiments of the invention are now described in detail, examples of which are illustrated by the accompanying structural formulas and formulas. The invention is intended to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents, which are within the scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims. Those skilled in the art will recognize that many methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice of the invention. The invention is in no way limited to the methods and materials described herein. Where one or more of the incorporated literature, patents, and similar materials are different or inconsistent with the present application (including but not limited to defined terms, terminology applications, described techniques, etc.), The application shall prevail.
应进一步认识到,本发明的某些特征,为清楚可见,在多个独立的实施方案中进行了描述,但也可以在单个实施例中以组合形式提供。反之,本发明的各种特征,为简洁起见,在单个实施方案中进行了描述,但也可以单独或以任意适合的子组合提供。It will be further appreciated that certain features of the invention are described in the various embodiments of the invention, and may be described in combination in a single embodiment. On the contrary, the various features of the invention are described in a single embodiment for the sake of brevity, but may be provided separately or in any suitable sub-combination.
除非另外说明,本发明所使用的所有科技术语具有与本发明所属领域技术人员的通常理解相同的含义。本发明涉及的所有专利和公开出版物通过引用方式整体并入本发明。Unless otherwise stated, all technical and scientific terms used in the present invention have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the art. All patents and publications related to the present invention are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
除非另外说明,应当应用本发明所使用的下列定义。出于本发明的目的,化学元素与元素周期表CAS版,和《化学和物理手册》,第75版,1994一致。此外,有机化学一般原理可参考"Organic Chemistry",Thomas Sorrell,University Science Books,Sausalito:1999,和"March's Advanced Organic Chemistry"by Michael B.Smith and Jerry March,John Wiley&Sons,New York:2007中的描述,其全部内容通过引用并入本发明。The following definitions used in the present invention should be applied unless otherwise stated. For the purposes of the present invention, chemical elements are consistent with the CAS version of the Periodic Table of the Elements, and the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Edition, 1994. In addition, the general principles of organic chemistry can be found in "Organic Chemistry", Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry" by Michael B. Smith and Jerry March, John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2007. The entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
除非另有说明或者上下文中有明显的冲突,本文所使用的冠词“一”、“一个(种)”和“所述”旨在包括“至少一个”或“一个或多个”。因此,本文所使用的这些冠词是指一个或多于一个(即至少一个)宾语的冠词。例如,“一组分”指一个或多个组分,即可能有多于一个的组分被考虑在所述实施方案的实施方式中采用或使用。The articles "a", "an" and "the" Therefore, the articles used herein are used to refer to the articles of one or more than one (ie, at least one). For example, "a component" refers to one or more components, that is, there may be more than one component contemplated for use or use in embodiments of the embodiments.
本发明所使用的术语“受试对象”是指动物。典型地所述动物是哺乳动物。受试对象,例如也指灵长类动物(例如人类,男性或女性)、牛、绵羊、山羊、马、犬、猫、兔、大鼠、小鼠、鱼、鸟等。在某些实施方案中,所述受试对象是灵长类动物。在其他实施方案中, 所述受试对象是人。The term "subject" as used herein refers to an animal. Typically the animal is a mammal. Subjects, for example, also refer to primates (eg, humans, males or females), cattle, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds, and the like. In certain embodiments, the subject is a primate. In other embodiments, The subject is a human.
本发明所使用的术语“患者”是指人(包括成人和儿童)或者其他动物。在一些实施方案中,“患者”是指人。The term "patient" as used herein refers to a person (including adults and children) or other animal. In some embodiments, "patient" refers to a human.
术语“包含”为开放式表达,即包括本发明所指明的内容,但并不排除其他方面的内容。The term "comprising" is an open-ended expression that includes the subject matter of the invention, but does not exclude other aspects.
“立体异构体”是指具有相同化学构造,但原子或基团在空间上排列方式不同的化合物。立体异构体包括对映异构体、非对映异构体、构象异构体(旋转异构体)、几何异构体(顺/反)异构体、阻转异构体,等等。"Stereoisomer" refers to a compound that has the same chemical structure but differs in the way the atoms or groups are spatially aligned. Stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, conformational isomers (rotomers), geometric isomers (cis/trans) isomers, atropisomers, etc. .
“手性”是具有与其镜像不能重叠性质的分子;而“非手性”是指与其镜像可以重叠的分子。"Chirality" is a molecule that has properties that cannot overlap with its mirror image; "non-chiral" refers to a molecule that can overlap with its mirror image.
“对映异构体”是指一个化合物的两个不能重叠但互成镜像关系的异构体。"Enantiomer" refers to two isomers of a compound that are not superimposable but are mirror images of each other.
“非对映异构体”是指有两个或多个手性中性并且其分子不互为镜像的立体异构体。非对映异构体具有不同的物理性质,如熔点、沸点、光谱性质和反应性。非对映异构体混合物可通过高分辨分析操作如电泳和色谱,例如HPLC来分离。"Diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer that has two or more chiral neutralities and whose molecules are not mirror images of each other. Diastereomers have different physical properties such as melting point, boiling point, spectral properties and reactivity. The mixture of diastereomers can be separated by high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography, such as HPLC.
本发明所使用的立体化学定义和规则一般遵循S.P.Parker,Ed.,McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms(1984)McGraw-Hill Book Company,New York;and Eliel,E.and Wilen,S.,"Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds",John Wiley&Sons,Inc.,New York,1994。The stereochemical definitions and rules used in the present invention generally follow SP Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., "Stereochemistry Of Organic Compounds", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994.
本发明公开化合物的任何不对称原子(例如,碳等)都可以以外消旋或对映体富集的形式存在,例如(R)-、(S)-或(R,S)-构型形式存在。在某些实施方案中,各不对称原子在(R)-或(S)-构型方面具有至少50%对映体过量,至少60%对映体过量,至少70%对映体过量,至少80%对映体过量,至少90%对映体过量,至少95%对映体过量,或至少99%对映体过量。Any asymmetric atom (e.g., carbon, etc.) of the compounds disclosed herein may exist in racemic or enantiomerically enriched form, such as the (R)-, (S)- or (R, S)-configuration presence. In certain embodiments, each asymmetric atom has at least 50% enantiomeric excess in the (R)- or (S)-configuration, at least 60% enantiomeric excess, at least 70% enantiomeric excess, at least 80% enantiomeric excess, at least 90% enantiomeric excess, at least 95% enantiomeric excess, or at least 99% enantiomeric excess.
依据起始物料和方法的选择,本发明化合物可以以可能的异构体中的一个或它们的混合物,例如外消旋体和非对应异构体混合物(这取决于不对称碳原子的数量)的形式存在。光学活性的(R)-或(S)-异构体可使用手性合成子或手性试剂制备,或使用常规技术拆分。如果化合物含有一个双键,取代基可能为E或Z构型;如果化合物中含有二取代的环烷基,环烷基的取代基可能有顺式或反式构型。Depending on the choice of starting materials and methods, the compounds of the invention may be one of the possible isomers or mixtures thereof, such as racemates and mixtures of diastereomers (depending on the number of asymmetric carbon atoms) The form exists. Optically active (R)- or (S)-isomers can be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. If the compound contains a double bond, the substituent may be in the E or Z configuration; if the compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl group, the substituent of the cycloalkyl group may have a cis or trans configuration.
所得的任何立体异构体的混合物可以依据组分物理化学性质上的差异被分离成纯的或基本纯的几何异构体,对映异构体,非对映异构体,例如,通过色谱法和/或分步结晶法。The resulting mixture of any stereoisomers can be separated into pure or substantially pure geometric isomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, for example, by chromatography, depending on the difference in physicochemical properties of the components. Method and / or step crystallization.
可以用已知的方法将任何所得终产物或中间体的外消旋体通过本领域技术人员熟悉的方法拆分成光学对映体,如,通过对获得的其非对映异构的盐进行分离。外消旋的产物也 可以通过手性色谱来分离,如,使用手性吸附剂的高效液相色谱(HPLC)。特别地,对映异构体可以通过不对称合成制备,例如,可参考Jacques,et al.,Enantiomers,Racemates and Resolutions(Wiley Interscience,New York,1981);Principles of Asymmetric Synthesis(2nd Ed.Robert E.Gawley,Jeffrey Aubé,Elsevier,Oxford,UK,2012);Eliel,E.L.Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds(McGraw-Hill,NY,1962);Wilen,S.H.Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p.268(E.L.Eliel,Ed.,Univ.of Notre Dame Press,Notre Dame,IN 1972);Chiral Separation Techniques:A Practical Approach(Subramanian,G.Ed.,Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH&Co.KGaA,Weinheim,Germany,2007)。The racemate of any of the resulting end products or intermediates can be resolved into the optical antipodes by methods known to those skilled in the art by known methods, for example, by obtaining the diastereomeric salts thereof. Separation. Racemic products can also be separated by chiral chromatography, such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a chiral adsorbent. In particular, enantiomers can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, for example, see Jacques, et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Principles of Asymmetric Synthesis (2 nd Ed. Robert) E. Gawley, Jeffrey Aubé, Elsevier, Oxford, UK, 2012); Eliel, ELStereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, NY, 1962); Wilen, SHTables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (ELEliel, Ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972); Chiral Separation Techniques: A Practical Approach (Subramanian, G. Ed., Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim, Germany, 2007).
术语“互变异构体”或“互变异构形式”是指具有不同能量的可通过低能垒(low energy barrier)互相转化的结构异构体。若互变异构是可能的(如在溶液中),则可以达到互变异构体的化学平衡。例如,质子互变异构体(protontautomer)(也称为质子转移互变异构体(prototropic tautomer))包括通过质子迁移来进行的互相转化,如酮-烯醇异构化和亚胺-烯胺异构化。价键互变异构体(valence tautomer)包括通过一些成键电子的重组来进行的互相转化。酮-烯醇互变异构的具体实例是戊烷-2,4-二酮和4-羟基戊-3-烯-2-酮互变异构体的互变。互变异构的另一个实例是酚-酮互变异构。酚-酮互变异构的一个具体实例是吡啶-4-醇和吡啶-4(1H)-酮互变异构体的互变。除非另外指出,本发明化合物的所有互变异构体形式都在本发明的范围之内。The term "tautomer" or "tautomeric form" refers to structural isomers having different energies that are interconvertible by a low energy barrier. If tautomerism is possible (as in solution), the chemical equilibrium of the tautomers can be achieved. For example, proton tautomers (also known as prototropic tautomers) include interconversions by proton transfer, such as keto-enol isomerization and imine-ene Amine isomerization. Valence tautomers include interconversions by recombination of some bonding electrons. A specific example of keto-enol tautomerization is the interconversion of a pentane-2,4-dione and a 4-hydroxypent-3-en-2-one tautomer. Another example of tautomerization is phenol-keto tautomerization. A specific example of phenol-keto tautomerization is the interconversion of pyridin-4-ol and pyridine-4(1H)-one tautomers. All tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention unless otherwise indicated.
像本发明所描述的,本发明的化合物可以任选地被一个或多个取代基所取代,如上面的通式化合物,或者像实施例里面特殊的例子,子类,和本发明所包含的一类化合物。应了解“任选取代的”这个术语与“取代或非取代的”这个术语可以交换使用。一般而言,术语“取代的”表示所给结构中的一个或多个氢原子被具体取代基所取代。除非其他方面表明,一个任选的取代基团可以在基团各个可取代的位置进行取代。当所给出的结构式中不只一个位置能被选自具体基团的一个或多个取代基所取代,那么取代基可以相同或不同地在各个位置取代。其中所述的取代基可以是,但并不限于,氘,氟,氯,溴,碘,氰基,羟基,硝基,氨基,羧基,烷基,烷氧基,烷氧基烷基,烷氧基烷氧基,烷氧基烷氨基,芳氧基,杂芳基氧基,杂环基氧基,芳基烷氧基,杂芳基烷氧基,杂环基烷氧基,环烷基烷氧基,烷氨基,烷氨基烷基,烷氨基烷氨基,环烷基氨基,环烷基烷氨基,烷硫基,卤代烷基,卤代烷氧基,羟基取代的烷基,羟基取代的烷氨基,氰基取代的烷基,氰基取代的烷氧基,氰基取代的烷氨基,氨基取代的烷基,烷基酰基,杂烷基,环烷基,环烯基,环烷基烷基,杂环基,杂环基烷基,杂环基酰基,芳基,芳基烷基,芳氨基,杂芳基,杂芳基烷基,杂芳基氨基,酰胺基,磺酰基,氨基磺酰基等等。 As described herein, the compounds of the present invention may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents, such as the compounds of the above formula, or specific examples, subclasses, and inclusions of the present invention. A class of compounds. It should be understood that the term "optionally substituted" and the term "substituted or unsubstituted" are used interchangeably. In general, the term "substituted" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in a given structure are replaced by a particular substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an optional substituent group can be substituted at each substitutable position of the group. When more than one position in the given formula can be substituted by one or more substituents selected from a particular group, the substituents may be substituted at the various positions, either identically or differently. The substituents described therein may be, but are not limited to, hydrazine, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amino, carboxy, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkane. Oxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkylamino, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclylalkoxy, cycloalkane Alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, alkylthio, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, hydroxy substituted alkane Amino, cyano substituted alkyl, cyano substituted alkoxy, cyano substituted alkylamino, amino substituted alkyl, alkyl acyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl ,heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclylacyl,aryl,arylalkyl,arylamino,heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl,heteroarylamino,amide,sulfonyl,amino Sulfonyl and the like.
另外,需要说明的是,除非以其他方式明确指出,在本发明中所采用的描述方式“各…独立地为”与“…各自独立地为”和“…独立地为”可以互换,均应做广义理解,其既可以是指在不同基团中,相同符号之间所表达的具体选项之间互相不影响,也可以表示在相同的基团中,相同符号之间所表达的具体选项之间互相不影响。In addition, it should be noted that the descriptions of the "individually" and "individually" and "independently" are interchangeable, unless otherwise explicitly indicated in the present invention. It should be understood in a broad sense, which can mean that the specific options expressed between the same symbols in different groups do not affect each other, and can also represent specific options expressed in the same group and between the same symbols. There is no influence between each other.
在本说明书的各部分,本发明公开化合物的取代基按照基团种类或范围公开。特别指出,本发明包括这些基团种类和范围的各个成员的每一个独立的次级组合。例如,术语“C1-C5烷基”或“C1-5烷基”特别指独立公开的甲基、乙基、C3烷基、C4烷基和C5烷基。In each part of the specification, the substituents of the compounds disclosed herein are disclosed in terms of the type or range of groups. In particular, the invention includes each individual sub-combination of each member of the group and range of such groups. For example, the term "C 1 -C 5 alkyl" or "C 1-5 alkyl" refers particularly to the disclosure independently methyl, ethyl, C 3 alkyl, C 4 and C 5 alkyl groups.
本发明使用的术语“烷基”或“烷基基团”,表示含有1至20个碳原子,饱和的直链或支链一价烃基基团,其中,所述烷基基团可以任选地被一个或多个本发明描述的取代基所取代。除非另外详细说明,烷基基团含有1-20个碳原子。在一实施方案中,烷基基团含有1-12个碳原子;在另一实施方案中,烷基基团含有1-6个碳原子;在又一实施方案中,烷基基团含有1-4个碳原子;还在一实施方案中,烷基基团含有1-3个碳原子。The term "alkyl" or "alkyl group" as used herein, denotes a saturated straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbon group containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl group may be optionally selected The ground is replaced by one or more substituents described herein. Unless otherwise specified, an alkyl group contains from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the alkyl group contains from 1 to 12 carbon atoms; in another embodiment, the alkyl group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in yet another embodiment, the alkyl group contains 1 - 4 carbon atoms; also in one embodiment, the alkyl group contains 1-3 carbon atoms.
烷基基团的实例包含,但并不限于,甲基(Me、-CH3),乙基(Et、-CH2CH3),正丙基(n-Pr、-CH2CH2CH3),异丙基(i-Pr、-CH(CH3)2),正丁基(n-Bu、-CH2CH2CH2CH3),异丁基(i-Bu、-CH2CH(CH3)2),仲丁基(s-Bu、-CH(CH3)CH2CH3),叔丁基(t-Bu、-C(CH3)3),正戊基(-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3),2-戊基(-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3),3-戊基(-CH(CH2CH3)2),2-甲基-2-丁基(-C(CH3)2CH2CH3),3-甲基-2-丁基(-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2),3-甲基-1-丁基(-CH2CH2CH(CH3)2),2-甲基-1-丁基(-CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3),正己基(-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3),2-己基(-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3),3-己基(-CH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)),2-甲基-2-戊基(-C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH3),3-甲基-2-戊基(-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3),4-甲基-2-戊基(-CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2),3-甲基-3-戊基(-C(CH3)(CH2CH3)2),2-甲基-3-戊基(-CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2),2,3-二甲基-2-丁基(-C(CH3)2CH(CH3)2),3,3-二甲基-2-丁基(-CH(CH3)C(CH3)3),正庚基,正辛基,等等。Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, -CH 3 ), ethyl (Et, -CH 2 CH 3 ), n-propyl (n-Pr, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), isopropyl (i-Pr, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), n-butyl (n-Bu, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), isobutyl (i-Bu, -CH 2 CH) (CH 3 ) 2 ), sec-butyl (s-Bu, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), tert-butyl (t-Bu, -C(CH 3 ) 3 ), n-pentyl (-CH) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-pentyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-pentyl (-CH(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-methyl -2-butyl (-C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-methyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 3-methyl-1- Butyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-methyl-1-butyl (-CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), n-hexyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-hexyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-hexyl (-CH(CH 2 CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (-C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 3-methyl-3-pentyl (-C(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2), 2-methyl-3-pentyl (-CH (CH 2 CH 3) CH (CH 3) 2), 2,3- dimethyl 2-butyl (-C (CH 3) 2 CH (CH 3) 2), 3,3- dimethyl-2-butyl (-CH (CH 3) C ( CH 3) 3), n-heptyl Base, just octyl, and so on.
术语“Cx-y烷基”是指C原子数为x-y的烷基。The term "C xy alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having a C atom number of xy.
术语“烷氧基”表示烷基基团通过氧原子与分子其余部分相连,其中烷基基团具有如本发明所述的含义。除非另外详细说明,所述烷氧基基团含有1-12个碳原子。在一实施方案中,烷氧基基团含有1-6个碳原子;在另一实施方案中,烷氧基基团含有1-4个碳原子;在又一实施方案中,烷氧基基团含有1-3个碳原子。所述烷氧基基团可以任选地被一个或多个本发明描述的取代基所取代。The term "alkoxy" denotes an alkyl group attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, wherein the alkyl group has the meaning as described herein. Unless otherwise specified, the alkoxy group contains from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the alkoxy group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in another embodiment, the alkoxy group contains from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; in yet another embodiment, the alkoxy group The group contains 1-3 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents described herein.
烷氧基基团的实例包括,但并不限于,甲氧基(MeO、-OCH3),乙氧基(EtO、-OCH2CH3),1-丙氧基(n-PrO、n-丙氧基、-OCH2CH2CH3),2-丙氧基(i-PrO、i-丙氧基、 -OCH(CH3)2),1-丁氧基(n-BuO、n-丁氧基、-OCH2CH2CH2CH3),2-甲基-l-丙氧基(i-BuO、i-丁氧基、-OCH2CH(CH3)2),2-丁氧基(s-BuO、s-丁氧基、-OCH(CH3)CH2CH3),2-甲基-2-丙氧基(t-BuO、t-丁氧基、-OC(CH3)3),1-戊氧基(n-戊氧基、-OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3),2-戊氧基(-OCH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3),3-戊氧基(-OCH(CH2CH3)2),2-甲基-2-丁氧基(-OC(CH3)2CH2CH3),3-甲基-2-丁氧基(-OCH(CH3)CH(CH3)2),3-甲基-l-丁氧基(-OCH2CH2CH(CH3)2),2-甲基-l-丁氧基(-OCH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3),等等。Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy (MeO, -OCH 3 ), ethoxy (EtO, -OCH 2 CH 3 ), 1-propoxy (n-PrO, n- Propyloxy, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-propoxy (i-PrO, i-propoxy, -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 1-butoxy (n-BuO, n- Butoxy, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-methyl-l-propoxy (i-BuO, i-butoxy, -OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-butyl Oxygen (s-BuO, s-butoxy, -OCH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-methyl-2-propoxy (t-BuO, t-butoxy, -OC (CH) 3 ) 3 ), 1-pentyloxy (n-pentyloxy, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-pentyloxy (-OCH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-pentyloxy (-OCH(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-methyl-2-butoxy (-OC(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-methyl-2-butoxy (-OCH(CH 3 )CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 3-methyl-l-butoxy (-OCH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-methyl-l-butoxy (-OCH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), and so on.
术语“杂环基”和“杂环”在此处可交换使用,都是指包含3-12个环原子的饱和或部分不饱和的单环、双环或三环,其中单环、双环或三环中不包含芳香环,且至少一个环原子选自氮、硫和氧原子。除非另外说明,杂环基可以是碳基或氮基,且-CH2-基团可以任选地被-C(=O)-替代。环的硫原子可以任选地被氧化成S-氧化物。环的氮原子可以任选地被氧化成N-氧化合物。杂环基的实例包括,但不限于:环氧乙烷基,氮杂环丁基,氧杂环丁基,硫杂环丁基,吡咯烷基,2-吡咯啉基,3-吡咯啉基,吡唑烷基,咪唑啉基,咪唑烷基,四氢呋喃基,二氢呋喃基,四氢噻吩基,二氢噻吩基,1,3-二氧环戊基,二硫环戊基,四氢吡喃基,二氢吡喃基,2H-吡喃基,4H-吡喃基,四氢噻喃基,哌啶基,吗啉基,硫代吗啉基,(1-氧代)-硫代吗啉基,(1,1-二氧代)-硫代吗啉基,哌嗪基,二噁烷基,二噻烷基,噻噁烷基,高哌嗪基,高哌啶基,氧杂环庚烷基,硫杂环庚烷基,2-氧杂-5-氮杂双环[2.2.1]庚-5-基,四氢吡啶基。杂环基中-CH2-基团被-C(=O)-取代的实例包括,但不限于,2-氧代吡咯烷基,氧代-1,3-噻唑烷基,2-哌啶酮基,3,5-二氧代哌啶基。杂环基中硫原子被氧化的实例包括,但不限于,环丁砜基,1,1-二氧代硫代吗啉基。所述的杂环基基团可以任选地被一个或多个本发明所描述的取代基所取代。当该结构清楚地需要连接基团时,针对该基团所列举的马库什变量应理解为连接基团。例如,如果该结构需要连接基团并且针对该变量的马库什基团定义列举了“杂环基”,则应该理解,该“杂环基”代表连接的亚杂环基基团。The terms "heterocyclyl" and "heterocycle" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring containing from 3 to 12 ring atoms, wherein monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic The ring does not contain an aromatic ring, and at least one ring atom is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms. Unless otherwise stated, a heterocyclic group can be a carbon or a nitrogen group, and a -CH 2 - group can be optionally substituted with -C(=O)-. The sulfur atom of the ring can be optionally oxidized to an S-oxide. The nitrogen atom of the ring can be optionally oxidized to an N-oxygen compound. Examples of heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thioheterobutyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrrolyl , pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, 1,3-dioxocyclopentyl, dithiocyclopentyl, tetrahydrogen Pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, (1-oxo)-sulfur Daimorpholinyl, (1,1-dioxo)-thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, dioxoalkyl, dithiaalkyl, thiamethane, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidinyl, Oxepane, thiaheptanyl, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-yl, tetrahydropyridyl. Examples of the -CH 2 - group in the heterocyclic group substituted by -C(=O)- include, but are not limited to, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxo-1,3-thiazolidinyl, 2-piperidine Keto group, 3,5-dioxopiperidinyl. Examples of the sulfur atom in the heterocyclic group being oxidized include, but are not limited to, a sulfolane group, a 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl group. The heterocyclyl group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents described herein. When the structure clearly requires a linking group, the Markush variable recited for that group is understood to be a linking group. For example, if the structure requires a linking group and the "Heterocyclyl" is recited for the Markush group definition of the variable, it is understood that the "heterocyclyl" represents a linked heterocyclylene group.
术语“稠合双环”和“稠合双环基”在此处可交换使用,是指单价或多价的饱和或部分不饱和的桥环体系,所述桥环体系是指双环体系。术语“桥环”是指任意两个环共用两个直接相连或不直接相连的原子。例如,像下面式a和式b所描述的,环A和环A’共用两个直接相连的C原子,环B和环B’共用两个不直接相连的C原子。稠合双环中的每一个环要么是碳环要么是杂环。The terms "fused bicyclic" and "fused bicyclic" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a monovalent or multivalent saturated or partially unsaturated bridged ring system, which refers to a bicyclic system. The term "bridged ring" means that any two rings share two atoms that are directly or not directly connected. For example, as described by the following formulas a and b, ring A and ring A' share two directly connected C atoms, and ring B and ring B' share two C atoms which are not directly connected. Each of the fused bicyclic rings is either a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.
术语“杂原子”是指O、S、N、P和Si,包括N、S和P任何氧化态的形式;伯、仲、叔胺和季铵盐的形式;或者杂环中氮原子上的氢被取代的形式,例如,N(像3,4-二氢-2H-吡咯基中的N),NH(像吡咯烷基中的NH)或NR(像N-取代的吡咯烷基中的NR)。The term "heteroatom" refers to O, S, N, P, and Si, including any form of oxidation states of N, S, and P; forms of primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary ammonium salts; or nitrogen atoms in heterocycles. a form in which hydrogen is substituted, for example, N (like N in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (like NH in pyrrolidinyl) or NR (like in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl) NR).
术语“卤素”是指氟(F)、氯(Cl)、溴(Br)或碘(I)。 The term "halogen" means fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br) or iodine (I).
术语“芳基”表示含有6-14个环原子,或6-12个环原子,或6-10个环原子的单环、双环和三环的碳环体系,其中,至少一个环体系是芳香族的,其中每一个环体系包含3-7个原子组成的环,且有一个或多个附着点与分子的其余部分相连。术语“芳基”可以和术语“芳香环”交换使用。芳基基团的实例可以包括苯基,茚基,萘基和蒽。所述芳基基团可以独立任选地被一个或多个本发明所描述的取代基所取代。当该结构清楚地需要连接基团时,针对该基团所列举的马库什变量应理解为连接基团。例如,如果该结构需要连接基团并且针对该变量的马库什基团定义列举了“芳基”,则应该理解,该“芳基”代表连接的亚芳基基团。The term "aryl" denotes a monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic carbocyclic ring system containing from 6 to 14 ring atoms, or from 6 to 12 ring atoms, or from 6 to 10 ring atoms, wherein at least one ring system is aromatic Of the family, wherein each ring system comprises a ring of 3-7 atoms and one or more attachment points are attached to the remainder of the molecule. The term "aryl" can be used interchangeably with the term "aromatic ring". Examples of the aryl group may include a phenyl group, a decyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracene group. The aryl group may be independently and optionally substituted with one or more substituents described herein. When the structure clearly requires a linking group, the Markush variable recited for that group is understood to be a linking group. For example, if the structure requires a linking group and the "aryl" is listed for the Markush group definition for this variable, it should be understood that the "aryl" represents a linked arylene group.
本发明所使用的术语“前药”,代表一个化合物在体内转化为式(I)所示的化合物。这样的转化受前体药物在血液中水解或在血液或组织中经酶转化为母体结构的影响。本发明前体药物类化合物可以是酯,在现有的发明中酯可以作为前体药物的有苯酯类,脂肪族(C1-24)酯类,酰氧基甲基酯类,碳酸酯,氨基甲酸酯类和氨基酸酯类。例如本发明里的一个化合物包含羟基,即可以将其酰化得到前体药物形式的化合物。其他的前体药物形式包括磷酸酯,如这些磷酸酯类化合物是经母体上的羟基磷酸化得到的。关于前体药物完整的讨论可以参考以下文献:T.Higuchi and V.Stella,Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,Vol.14of the A.C.S.Symposium Series,Edward B.Roche,ed.,Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design,American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press,1987,J.Rautio et al.,Prodrugs:Design and Clinical Applications,Nature Review Drug Discovery,2008,7,255-270,and S.J.Hecker et al.,Prodrugs of Phosphates and Phosphonates,Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,2008,51,2328-2345。The term "prodrug" as used in the present invention denotes a compound which is converted in vivo to a compound of formula (I). Such transformation is affected by the hydrolysis of the prodrug in the blood or by enzymatic conversion to the parent structure in the blood or tissue. The prodrug-like compound of the present invention may be an ester. In the prior invention, the ester may be used as a prodrug such as a phenyl ester, an aliphatic (C 1-24 ) ester, an acyloxymethyl ester, or a carbonate. , carbamates and amino acid esters. For example, a compound of the invention comprises a hydroxyl group, i.e., it can be acylated to give a compound in the form of a prodrug. Other prodrug forms include phosphates, such as those obtained by phosphorylation of a hydroxy group on the parent. For a discussion of the completeness of prodrugs, refer to the following documents: T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the ACSSymposium Series, Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, J. Rautio et al., Prodrugs: Design and Clinical Applications, Nature Review Drug Discovery, 2008, 7, 255-270, and SJ Hecker et al., Prodrugs of Phosphates and Phosphonates, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2008, 51, 2328-2345.
“代谢产物”是指具体的化合物或其盐在体内通过代谢作用所得到的产物。一个化合物的代谢产物可以通过所属领域公知的技术来进行鉴定,其活性可以通过如本发明所描述的那样采用试验的方法进行表征。这样的产物可以是通过给药化合物经过氧化,还原,水解,酰氨化,脱酰氨作用,酯化,脱脂作用,酶裂解等等方法得到。相应地,本发明包括化合物的代谢产物,包括将本发明的化合物与哺乳动物充分接触一段时间所产生的代谢产物。"Metabolic product" refers to a product obtained by metabolism of a specific compound or a salt thereof in vivo. Metabolites of a compound can be identified by techniques well known in the art, and the activity can be characterized by experimental methods as described herein. Such a product may be obtained by administering a compound by oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, defatting, enzymatic cleavage and the like. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of a compound, including metabolites produced by intimate contact of a compound of the invention with a mammal for a period of time.
本发明所使用的“药学上可接受的盐”是指本发明的化合物的有机盐和无机盐。药学上可接受的盐在所属领域是为我们所熟知的,如文献:S.M.Berge et al.,describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J.Pharmaceutical Sciences,1977,66:1-19.所记载的。药学上可接受的无毒的酸形成的盐包括,但并不限于,与氨基基团反应形成的无机酸盐有盐酸盐,氢溴酸盐,磷酸盐,硫酸盐,高氯酸盐,和有机酸盐如乙酸盐,草酸盐,马来酸盐,酒石酸盐,柠檬酸盐,琥珀酸盐,丙二酸盐,或通过书籍文献上所记载的其他方法如离子交换法来得到这些盐。其他药学上可接受的盐包括己二酸盐,藻酸盐,抗坏血酸 盐,天冬氨酸盐,苯磺酸盐,苯甲酸盐,重硫酸盐,硼酸盐,丁酸盐,樟脑酸盐,樟脑磺酸盐,环戊基丙酸盐,二葡萄糖酸盐,十二烷基硫酸盐,乙磺酸盐,甲酸盐,反丁烯二酸盐,葡庚糖酸盐,甘油磷酸盐,葡萄糖酸盐,半硫酸盐,庚酸盐,己酸盐,氢碘酸盐,2-羟基-乙磺酸盐,乳糖醛酸盐,乳酸盐,月桂酸盐,月桂基硫酸盐,苹果酸盐,丙二酸盐,甲磺酸盐,2-萘磺酸盐,烟酸盐,硝酸盐,油酸盐,棕榈酸盐,扑酸盐,果胶酸盐,过硫酸盐,3-苯基丙酸盐,苦味酸盐,特戊酸盐,丙酸盐,硬脂酸盐,硫氰酸盐,对甲苯磺酸盐,十一酸盐,戊酸盐,等等。通过适当的碱得到的盐包括碱金属,碱土金属,铵和N+(C1-4烷基)4的盐。本发明也拟构思了任何所包含N的基团的化合物所形成的季铵盐。水溶性或油溶性或分散产物可以通过季铵化作用得到。碱金属或碱土金属盐包括钠,锂,钾,钙,镁,等等。药学上可接受的盐进一步包括适当的、无毒的铵,季铵盐和抗平衡离子形成的胺阳离子,如卤化物,氢氧化物,羧化物,硫酸化物,磷酸化物,硝酸化物,C1-8磺酸化物和芳香磺酸化物。The "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" as used in the present invention means an organic salt and an inorganic salt of the compound of the present invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art, as described in the literature: SMBerge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66: 1-19. Salts formed by pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids include, but are not limited to, mineral acid salts formed by reaction with amino groups, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulfate, perchlorate, And organic acid salts such as acetates, oxalates, maleates, tartrates, citrates, succinates, malonates, or by other methods described in the literature, such as ion exchange These salts. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, besylate, benzoate, disulfate, borate, butyrate, camphoric acid Salt, camphor sulfonate, cyclopentylpropionate, digluconate, lauryl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate Salt, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, Malate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, palmitate, pamoate, pectate, persulphate, 3 -Phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate, and the like. Salts obtained by appropriate bases include the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts. The present invention also contemplates quaternary ammonium salts formed from any of the compounds comprising a group of N. Water soluble or oil soluble or dispersed products can be obtained by quaternization. Alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts further comprise suitable amine cation nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and the counterion, such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfated, phosphorylated compounds, nitrate compounds, C 1 -8 sulfonate and aromatic sulfonate.
本发明的“溶剂化物”是指一个或多个溶剂分子与本发明的化合物所形成的缔合物。形成溶剂化物的溶剂包括,但并不限于,水,异丙醇,乙醇,甲醇,二甲亚砜,乙酸乙酯,乙酸和氨基乙醇。术语“水合物”是指溶剂分子是水所形成的缔合物。"Solvate" as used herein refers to an association of one or more solvent molecules with a compound of the invention. Solvent-forming solvents include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and aminoethanol. The term "hydrate" means that the solvent molecule is an association formed by water.
如本发明所使用的术语“治疗”任何疾病或病症,在其中一些实施方案中,“治疗”指改善疾病或病症(即减缓或阻止或减轻疾病或其至少一种临床症状的发展)。在另一些实施方案中,“治疗”指缓和或改善至少一种身体参数,包括可能不为患者所察觉的身体参数。在另一些实施方案中,“治疗”指从身体上(例如稳定可察觉的症状)或生理学上(例如稳定身体的参数)或上述两方面调节疾病或病症。在另一些实施方案中,“治疗”指预防或延迟疾病或病症的发作、发生或恶化。As used herein, the term "treating" any disease or condition, in some embodiments, "treating" refers to ameliorating a disease or condition (ie, slowing or preventing or alleviating the progression of a disease or at least one of its clinical symptoms). In other embodiments, "treating" refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter, including physical parameters that may not be perceived by the patient. In other embodiments, "treating" refers to modulating a disease or condition from the body (eg, stabilizing a detectable symptom) or physiologically (eg, stabilizing the body's parameters) or both. In other embodiments, "treating" refers to preventing or delaying the onset, onset, or exacerbation of a disease or condition.
术语“癌症”是指或描述患者中通常以失控的细胞生长为特征的生理学病症。“肿瘤”包含一种或多种癌细胞。癌症的实例包括但不限于癌(carcinoma)、淋巴瘤、胚细胞瘤、肉瘤和白血病,或恶性淋巴增殖性疾病(lymphoid malignancies)。此类癌症的更具体的实例包括鳞状细胞癌(如上皮鳞状细胞癌)、肺癌(包括小细胞肺癌、非小细胞肺癌(NSCLC)、肺腺癌和肺鳞状癌)、腹膜癌、肝细胞癌(hepatocellular cancer)、胃癌(gastric or stomach cancer)(包括胃肠癌)、胰腺癌、恶性胶质瘤、宫颈癌、卵巢癌、肝癌(liver cancer)、膀胱癌、肝细胞瘤(hepatoma)、乳腺癌、结肠癌、直肠癌、结直肠癌、子宫内膜癌或子宫癌、唾液腺癌、肾癌或肾脏癌(kidney or renal cancer)、前列腺癌、外阴癌、甲状腺癌、肝脏癌(hepatic carcinoma)、肛门癌、阴茎癌以及头颈癌。The term "cancer" refers to or describes a physiological condition in a patient that is typically characterized by uncontrolled cell growth. A "tumor" contains one or more cancer cells. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia, or lymphoid malignancies. More specific examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma (such as squamous cell carcinoma), lung cancer (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), lung adenocarcinoma, and lung squamous cell carcinoma), peritoneal cancer, Hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, malignant glioma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma (hepatoma) ), breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer or uterine cancer, salivary gland cancer, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulvar cancer, thyroid cancer, liver cancer ( Hepatic carcinoma), anal cancer, penile cancer, and head and neck cancer.
本发明化合物的描述 Description of the compounds of the invention
本发明提出了一种化合物,其为如式(I)所示的化合物或式(I)所示化合物的立体异构体,几何异构体,互变异构体,消旋体,氮氧化物,水合物,溶剂化物,代谢产物以及药学上可接受的盐或前药:The present invention provides a compound which is a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, a racemate, an oxynitride of a compound represented by the formula (I) or a compound of the formula (I). , hydrates, solvates, metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs:
其中,Q表示C或N,R1表示H,或任选被C1~5烷基、C1~5烷基酯基取代的五元含氮杂环,R6为键,H,C1~5亚烷基,任选被C1~5亚烷基取代的五元含氮杂环,或任选被C1~5亚烷基取代的亚氨基,R7、R8分别独立地为H,C1~5烷基,或者任选被C1~5烷基、C1~5烷氧基、C1~5亚烷基环烷基、C1~5亚烷基环烯基、芳基、亚烷基芳基、六元杂环、亚烷基六元杂环、氰基、氰基亚氨基C1~5烷基取代的亚氨基或次氨基;以及R2、R3、R4、R5和R6的每一个分别独立地为H、卤素、羟基、C1~5烷氧基、胺基、C1~5羰基亚氨基或者亚氨基、芳基、硝基或者氰基,前提是R2、R3、R4、R5和R6不同时为H;或者R1~R6中相邻的两个连同与其所连接的碳原子构成任选取代的C1~5烷基、芳基、任选含有氧、硫和氮至少之一的五~七元环或者稠合双环。发明人意外地发现,该化合物能够有效地用于治疗癌症,尤其是非小细胞肺癌。Where Q represents C or N and R1 represents H, Or a five-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by a C 1-5 alkyl group or a C 1-5 alkyl ester group, R 6 is a bond, H, C 1-5 alkylene group, optionally C 1-5 An alkyl-substituted five-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, or an imino group optionally substituted by a C 1-5 alkylene group, wherein R 7 and R 8 are each independently H, C 1-5 alkyl, or optionally C 1 ~ 5- alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcycloalkyl, C 1-5 alkylcycloalkenyl, aryl, alkylene aryl, six-membered heterocyclic, alkylene a six-membered heterocyclic ring, a cyano group, a cyanoimino C 1-5 alkyl group substituted imino group or a secondary amino group; and each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently H, halogen, hydroxy, C, respectively. a 1-5 alkoxy group, an amine group, a C 1-5 carbonyl imino group or an imino group, an aryl group, a nitro group or a cyano group, provided that R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are not simultaneously H; or R 1 to R 6 The two adjacent ones together with the carbon atom to which they are attached constitute an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkyl group, an aryl group, a five- to seven-membered ring or a fused bicyclic ring optionally containing at least one of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. The inventors have unexpectedly discovered that the compound can be effectively used for the treatment of cancer, especially non-small cell lung cancer.
可选的,R1为任选取代的亚氨基羰基、次氨基羰基或者五元含氮杂环。可选的,所述卤素为F或者Cl。可选的,R1和R2连同与其所连接的碳原子构成任选取代的C1~5烷基、芳基、任选含有氧、硫和氮至少之一的五~七元环或者稠合双环,或者R2和R3连同与其所连接的碳原子构成任选取代的C1~5烷基、芳基、任选含有氧、硫和氮至少之一的五~七元环或者稠合双环。可选的,R1和R2连同与其所连接的碳原子构成任选取代的含有1~3个氮原子的五~七元环或者稠合双环,任选地所述五~七元环或者稠合双环的环上形成有至少一个羰基。可选的,所述化合物为如下式所示的化合物或下式所示化合物的立体异构体,几何异构体,互变异构体,消旋体,氮氧化物,水合物,溶剂化物,代谢产物以及药学上可接受的盐或前药:Alternatively, R1 is an optionally substituted iminocarbonyl group, a secondary aminocarbonyl group or a five-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. Optionally, the halogen is F or Cl. Alternatively, R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached constitute an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkyl group, an aryl group, a five to seven membered ring optionally containing at least one of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen or a fused bicyclic ring. or R2 and R3 together with the C atom to which they are attached form a carbon optionally substituted with 1 to 5 alkyl group, an aryl group, optionally containing oxygen, or a 5- to 7-membered rings fused bicyclic at least one of sulfur and nitrogen. Alternatively, R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached constitute an optionally substituted five- to seven-membered ring or a fused bicyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, optionally a five to seven-membered ring or fused At least one carbonyl group is formed on the bicyclic ring. Alternatively, the compound is a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, a racemate, an oxynitride, a hydrate or a solvate of a compound represented by the following formula or a compound represented by the formula: , metabolites and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs:
在本发明的第二方面,本发明提出了前面所述化合物在制备药物中的用途,所述药物用于治疗癌症。可选的,所述癌症为肺癌。可选的,所述肺癌为非小细胞肺癌。可选的,所述非小细胞肺癌为BRG1基因缺失。In a second aspect of the invention, the invention provides the use of a compound as hereinbefore described in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer. Optionally, the cancer is lung cancer. Optionally, the lung cancer is non-small cell lung cancer. Optionally, the non-small cell lung cancer is a BRG1 gene deletion.
另外,本发明还提出了一种用于治疗癌症的方法,包括为受试对象例如患者给药前述化合物或者含有该化合物的组合物。Further, the present invention also provides a method for treating cancer comprising administering a compound or a composition containing the compound to a subject, such as a patient.
进而,本发明还提出了一种用于治疗癌症的组合物,其含有前面所述化合物作为活性成分。Further, the present invention also proposes a composition for treating cancer comprising the aforementioned compound as an active ingredient.
需要说明的是,前面所描述的各方面的特征和优点同样适用其他方面。It should be noted that the features and advantages of the various aspects described above apply equally to other aspects.
除非其他方面表明,本发明的化合物所有的立体异构体,几何异构体,互变异构体,消旋体,氮氧化物,水合物,溶剂化物,代谢产物,代谢前体,盐和药学上可接受的前药都属于本发明的范围。Unless otherwise indicated, all stereoisomers, geometric isomers, tautomers, racemates, nitrogen oxides, hydrates, solvates, metabolites, metabolic precursors, salts and Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs are within the scope of the invention.
具体地说,盐是药学上可接受的盐。术语“药学上可接受的”包括物质或组合物必须是适合化学或毒理学地,与组成制剂的其他组分和用于治疗的哺乳动物有关。In particular, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" includes that the substance or composition must be chemically or toxicologically relevant to the other components of the formulation and to the mammal being treated.
本发明的化合物的盐,还包括用于制备或纯化式(I)所示化合物的中间体或式(I)所示化合物分离的对映异构体的盐,但不一定是药学上可接受的盐。Salts of the compounds of the invention also include salts for the preparation or purification of intermediates of the compounds of formula (I) or enantiomers of the compounds of formula (I), but are not necessarily pharmaceutically acceptable Salt.
可药用的酸加成盐可与无机酸和有机酸形成,例如乙酸盐、天冬氨酸盐、苯甲酸盐、苯磺酸盐、溴化物/氢溴酸盐、碳酸氢盐/碳酸盐、硫酸氢盐/硫酸盐、樟脑磺酸盐、氯化物/盐酸盐、氯茶碱盐、柠檬酸盐、乙二磺酸盐、富马酸盐、葡庚糖酸盐、葡糖酸盐、葡糖醛酸盐、马尿酸盐、氢碘酸盐/碘化物、羟乙基磺酸盐、乳酸盐、乳糖醛酸盐、月桂基硫酸盐、 苹果酸盐、马来酸盐、丙二酸盐、扁桃酸盐、甲磺酸盐、甲基硫酸盐、萘甲酸盐、萘磺酸盐、烟酸盐、硝酸盐、十八酸盐、油酸盐、草酸盐、棕榈酸盐、扑酸盐、磷酸盐/磷酸氢盐/磷酸二氢盐、聚半乳糖酸盐、丙酸盐、硬脂酸盐、琥珀酸盐、磺基水杨酸盐、酒石酸盐、甲苯磺酸盐和三氟乙酸盐。Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic acids, such as acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bromide/hydrobromide, bicarbonate/ Carbonate, hydrogen sulfate/sulfate, camphorsulfonate, chloride/hydrochloride, chlorophylline, citrate, ethanedisulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, Portuguese Saccharate, glucuronate, hippurate, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, lauryl sulfate, Malate, maleate, malonate, mandelate, methanesulfonate, methyl sulfate, naphthoate, naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, octadecanoate, Oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, polygalactinate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfohydrate Salicylate, tartrate, tosylate and trifluoroacetate.
可以由其衍生得到盐的无机酸包括例如盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、磷酸等。Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
可以由其衍生得到盐的有机酸包括例如乙酸、丙酸、羟基乙酸、草酸、马来酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、富马酸、酒石酸、柠檬酸、苯甲酸、扁桃酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、磺基水杨酸等。Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid. , ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, sulfosalicylic acid, and the like.
可药用碱加成盐可与无机碱和有机碱形成。Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic bases and organic bases.
可以由其衍生得到盐的无机碱包括,例如铵盐和周期表的I族至XII族的金属。在某些实施方案中,该盐衍生自钠、钾、铵、钙、镁、铁、银、锌和铜;特别适合的盐包括铵、钾、钠、钙和镁盐。Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, ammonium salts and metals of Groups I to XII of the Periodic Table. In certain embodiments, the salt is derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, silver, zinc, and copper; particularly suitable salts include the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
可以由其衍生得到盐的有机碱包括伯胺、仲胺和叔胺,取代的胺包括天然存在的取代的胺、环状胺、碱性离子交换树脂等。某些有机胺包括,例如,异丙胺、苄星青霉素(benzathine)、胆碱盐(cholinate)、二乙醇胺、二乙胺、赖氨酸、葡甲胺(meglumine)、哌嗪和氨丁三醇。Organic bases from which salts can be derived include primary, secondary and tertiary amines, and substituted amines include naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins and the like. Certain organic amines include, for example, isopropylamine, benzathine, cholinate, diethanolamine, diethylamine, lysine, meglumine, piperazine, and tromethamine. .
本发明的可药用盐可以用常规化学方法由母体化合物、碱性或酸性部分来合成。一般而言,该类盐可以通过使这些化合物的游离酸形式与化学计量量的适宜碱(如Na、Ca、Mg或K的氢氧化物、碳酸盐、碳酸氢盐等)反应,或者通过使这些化合物的游离碱形式与化学计量量的适宜酸反应来进行制备。该类反应通常在水或有机溶剂或二者的混合物中进行。一般地,在适当的情况中,需要使用非水性介质如乙醚、乙酸乙酯、乙醇、异丙醇或乙腈。在例如"Remington′s Pharmaceutical Sciences",第20版,Mack Publishing Company,Easton,Pa.,1985;和“药用盐手册:性质、选择和应用(Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts:Properties,Selection and Use)”,Stahl and Wermuth(Wiley-VCH,Weinheim,Germany,2002)中可找到另外一些适宜盐的列表。The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound, basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. In general, such salts can be obtained by reacting the free acid form of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of a suitable base such as a hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like of Na, Ca, Mg or K. The free base form of these compounds is prepared by reaction with a stoichiometric amount of a suitable acid. This type of reaction is usually carried out in water or an organic solvent or a mixture of the two. Generally, where appropriate, it is desirable to use a non-aqueous medium such as diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol or acetonitrile. For example, "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 20th Edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985; and "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection and Use" A list of additional suitable salts can be found in Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2002).
另外,本发明公开的化合物、包括它们的盐,也可以以它们的水合物形式或包含其溶剂(例如乙醇、DMSO,等等)的形式得到,用于它们的结晶。本发明公开化合物可以与药学上可接受的溶剂(包括水)固有地或通过设计形成溶剂化物;因此,本发明旨在包括溶剂化的和未溶剂化的形式。Further, the compounds disclosed in the present invention, including their salts, may also be obtained in the form of their hydrates or in the form of their solvents (e.g., ethanol, DMSO, etc.) for their crystallization. The compounds disclosed herein may form solvates either intrinsically or by design with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents, including water; thus, the invention is intended to include both solvated and unsolvated forms.
本发明给出的任何结构式也意欲表示这些化合物未被同位素富集的形式以及同位素富集的形式。同位素富集的化合物具有本发明给出的通式描绘的结构,除了一个或多个原子 被具有所选择原子量或质量数的原子替换。可引入本发明化合物中的示例性同位素包括氢、碳、氮、氧、磷、硫、氟和氯的同位素,如2H,3H,11C,13C,14C,15N,17O,18O,18F,31P,32P,35S,36Cl和125I。Any structural formula given by the present invention is also intended to indicate that these compounds are not isotopically enriched and isotopically enriched. Isotopically enriched compounds have the structure depicted by the general formula given herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number. Exemplary isotopes that may be incorporated into the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 17 O , 18 O, 18 F, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl and 125 I.
另一方面,本发明所述化合物包括同位素富集的本发明所定义的化合物,例如,其中存在放射性同位素,如3H,14C和18F的那些化合物,或者其中存在非放射性同位素,如2H和13C。该类同位素富集的化合物可用于代谢研究(使用14C)、反应动力学研究(使用例如2H或3H)、检测或成像技术,如正电子发射断层扫描术(PET)或包括药物或底物组织分布测定的单光子发射计算机断层成像术(SPECT),或可用于患者的放疗中。18F富集的化合物对PET或SPECT研究而言是特别理想的。同位素富集的式(I)所示化合物可以通过本领域技术人员熟悉的常规技术或本发明中的实施例和制备过程所描述使用合适的同位素标记试剂替代原来使用过的未标记试剂来制备。In another aspect, the compounds of the invention include isotopically enriched compounds of the invention, for example, those in which a radioisotope such as 3 H, 14 C and 18 F is present, or in which a non-radioactive isotope is present, such as 2 H and 13 C. Such isotopically enriched compounds can be used for metabolic studies (using 14 C), reaction kinetic studies (using, for example, 2 H or 3 H), detection or imaging techniques such as positron emission tomography (PET) or including drugs or Single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) of substrate tissue distribution assays, or may be used in patient radiation therapy. 18 F enriched compounds are particularly desirable for PET or SPECT studies. The isotopically enriched compound of formula (I) can be prepared by conventional techniques familiar to those skilled in the art or by the use of suitable isotopically labeled reagents in place of the previously used unlabeled reagents as described in the Examples and Preparations of the present invention.
此外,较重同位素特别是氘(即,2H或D)的取代可提供某些治疗优点,这些优点是由代谢稳定性更高带来的。例如,体内半衰期增加或剂量需求降低或治疗指数得到改善带来的。应当理解,本发明中的氘被看作式(I)所示化合物的取代基。可以用同位素富集因子来定义该类较重同位素特别是氘的浓度。本发明所使用的术语“同位素富集因子”是指所指定同位素的同位素丰度和天然丰度之间的比例。如果本发明化合物的取代基被指定为氘,该化合物对各指定的氘原子而言具有至少3500(各指定氘原子处52.5%的氘掺入)、至少4000(60%的氘掺入)、至少4500(67.5%的氘掺入),至少5000(75%的氘掺入),至少5500(82.5%的氘掺入)、至少6000(90%的氘掺入)、至少6333.3(95%的氘掺入)、至少6466.7(97%的氘掺入)、至少6600(99%的氘掺入)或至少6633.3(99.5%的氘掺入)的同位素富集因子。本发明可药用的溶剂化物包括其中结晶溶剂可以是同位素取代的例如D2O、丙酮-d6、DMSO-d6的那些溶剂化物。In addition, substitution of heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium (i.e., 2 H or D), may provide certain therapeutic advantages resulting from higher metabolic stability. For example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dose requirements or improved therapeutic index. It should be understood that the hydrazine in the present invention is regarded as a substituent of the compound represented by the formula (I). Isotopic enrichment factors can be used to define the concentration of such heavier isotopes, particularly ruthenium. As used herein, the term "isotopic enrichment factor" refers to the ratio between the isotope abundance and the natural abundance of a given isotope. If a substituent of a compound of the invention is designated as hydrazine, the compound has at least 3500 for each of the specified hydrazine atoms (52.5% of ruthenium incorporation at each of the specified ruthenium atoms), at least 4,000 (60% of ruthenium incorporation), At least 4,500 (67.5% of cerium incorporation), at least 5,000 (75% of cerium incorporation), at least 5,500 (82.5% of cerium incorporation), at least 6,000 (90% of cerium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95%) Iridium enrichment factor with at least 6466.7 (97% cerium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% cerium incorporation) or at least 6633.3 (99.5% cerium incorporation). The present invention can include pharmaceutically acceptable solvates wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, for example D 2 O, acetone -d 6, DMSO-d 6 solvate of those.
本发明化合物的药物组合物,制剂和给药Pharmaceutical compositions, formulations and administrations of the compounds of the invention
本发明提供一种药物组合物,其包含本发明公开化合物和药学上可接受的赋形剂、载体、佐剂、溶媒或它们的组合。本发明公开的药物组合物中化合物的量是指能有效检测到抑制生物样本或患者体内蛋白激酶的量。The present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, adjuvant, vehicle, or a combination thereof. The amount of the compound in the pharmaceutical composition disclosed in the present invention means an amount effective to detect inhibition of protein kinase in a biological sample or a patient.
也应认识到,本发明的某些化合物可以以游离形式存在用于治疗,或者如果适当可以以其药学上可接受的衍生物的形式存在。药学上可接受衍生物的一些非限制性的实施方案包括药学上可接受的前药,盐,酯,这些酯的盐,或者对有需要的患者给药时能直接或间接提供本发明所述化合物或其代谢产物或残留物的任何另外的加合物或衍生物。It will also be appreciated that certain compounds of the invention may exist in free form for treatment or, if appropriate, in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives. Some non-limiting embodiments of pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives include pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, salts, esters, salts of such esters, or can be provided directly or indirectly to a patient in need thereof. Any additional adduct or derivative of the compound or its metabolite or residue.
本发明公开的药物组合物可制备并包装为散装(bulk)形式,其中可提取安全有效量 的式(I)所示的化合物,然后以粉末或糖浆形式给予患者。或者,本发明公开的药物组合物可制备并包装为单位剂型,其中每个物理上离散的单位含有安全有效量的式(I)所示的化合物。当以单位剂型制备时,本发明公开的药物组合物通常可含,例如,0.5mg至1g、或1mg至700mg、或5mg至100mg的本发明公开的化合物。The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be prepared and packaged in a bulk form in which a safe and effective amount can be extracted The compound of formula (I) is then administered to the patient in the form of a powder or syrup. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be prepared and packaged in unit dosage form wherein each physically discrete unit contains a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I). When prepared in unit dosage form, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can generally contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 1 g, or from 1 mg to 700 mg, or from 5 mg to 100 mg of the compounds disclosed herein.
本发明所用“药学上可接受的赋形剂”意指与给药剂型或药物组合物一致性相关的药学上可接受的材料,混合物或溶媒。每种赋形剂在混合时必须与药物组合物的其它成分相容,以避免对患者给药时会大大降低本发明公开化合物的功效的相互作用和会导致不是药学上可接受的药物组合物的相互作用。此外,每种赋形剂必须是药学上可接受的,例如,具有足够高的纯度。As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, mixture or vehicle that is associated with the administration of a dosage form or pharmaceutical composition. Each excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition when mixed to avoid interactions which would greatly reduce the efficacy of the compounds disclosed herein when administered to a patient and result in a pharmaceutical composition that is not pharmaceutically acceptable Interaction. In addition, each excipient must be pharmaceutically acceptable, for example, of sufficiently high purity.
合适的药学上可接受的赋形剂会依所选具体剂型而不同。此外,可根据它们在组合物中的特定功能来选择药学上可接受的赋形剂。例如,可选择能有助于生产均一剂型的某些药学上可接受的赋形剂。可选择能有助于生产稳定剂型的某些药学上可接受的赋形剂。可选择对患者给药时有助于携带或运输本发明公开化合物从身体的一个器官或部分到身体的另一个器官或部分的某些药学上可接受的赋形剂。可选择增强患者依从性的某些药学上可接受的赋形剂。Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients will vary depending upon the particular dosage form chosen. In addition, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be selected based on their particular function in the composition. For example, certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be selected which can aid in the production of a uniform dosage form. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be selected which can aid in the production of stable dosage forms. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that facilitate the carrying or transport of a compound of the present invention from one organ or part of the body to another organ or part of the body upon administration to a patient may be selected. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that enhance patient compliance may be selected.
合适的药学上可接受的赋形剂包括以下类型的赋形剂:稀释剂、填充剂、粘合剂、崩解剂、润滑剂、助流剂、造粒剂、包衣剂、润湿剂、溶剂、共溶剂、助悬剂、乳化剂、甜味剂、矫味剂、掩味剂、着色剂、防结块剂、保湿剂、螯合剂、塑化剂、增粘剂、抗氧化剂、防腐剂、稳定剂、表面活性剂和缓冲剂。技术人员可认识到,某些药学上可接受的赋形剂可提供不止一种功能,并提供可供选择的功能,这取决于制剂中存在多少该赋形剂和制剂中存在那些其他赋形剂。Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include the following types of excipients: diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents , solvents, cosolvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, flavoring agents, taste masking agents, coloring agents, anti-caking agents, humectants, chelating agents, plasticizers, tackifiers, antioxidants, Preservatives, stabilizers, surfactants and buffers. The skilled artisan will recognize that certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may provide more than one function and provide an alternative function depending on how many other excipients are present in the excipient and formulation in the formulation. Agent.
技术人员掌握本领域的知识和技能,以使他们能选择用于本发明的适当量的合适的药学上可接受的赋形剂。此外,存在大量技术人员可获得的资源,他们描述药学上可接受的赋形剂,并用于选择合适的药学上可接受的赋形剂。实例包括Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences(Mack Publishing Company),The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives(Gower Publishing Limited),and The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients(the American Pharmaceutical Association and the Pharmaceutical Press)。The skilled artisan will have the knowledge and skill in the art to enable them to select the appropriate amount of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the present invention. In addition, there are a number of resources available to the skilled artisan who describe pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and are used to select suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Examples include Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Company), The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives (Gower Publishing Limited), and The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (the American Pharmaceutical Association and the Pharmaceutical Press).
在Remington:The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,21st edition,2005,ed.D.B.Troy,Lippincott Williams&Wilkins,Philadelphia,and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology,eds.J.Swarbrick and J.C.Boylan,1988-1999,Marcel Dekker,New York中披露了用于配置药学上可接受的组合物的各种载体,和用于其制备的公知技术,这些文献各自的内容通过引 用并入本发明。除任何诸如因产生任何不期望的生物作用,或以有害方式与药学上可接受组合物中的任何其它成分发生相互作用而与本发明公开化合物不相容的任何常用载体外,关注其应用属于本发明的范围。In Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st edition, 2005, ed. DB Troy, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, eds. J. Swarbrick and JC Boylan, 1988-1999, Marcel Dekker, New York Various carriers for arranging pharmaceutically acceptable compositions, and well-known techniques for their preparation are disclosed, the respective contents of which are incorporated by reference. It is incorporated into the present invention. In addition to any conventional carrier that is incompatible with the compounds disclosed herein, such as by any undesired biological action, or in a deleterious manner in interaction with any other component of the pharmaceutically acceptable composition, The scope of the invention.
本发明公开的药物组合物使用本领域技术人员已知的技术和方法来制备。本领域一些常用方法的描述可参见Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences(Mack Publishing Company)。The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are prepared using techniques and methods known to those skilled in the art. A description of some common methods in the art can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Company).
因此,另一方面,本发明涉及制备药物组合物的工艺,所述药物组合物包含本发明公开化合物和药学上可接受的赋形剂,载体,辅剂,溶媒或它们的组合,该工艺包括混合各种成分。包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物,可以在例如环境温度和大气压下混合来制备。Accordingly, in another aspect, the present invention is directed to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, adjuvant, vehicle or combination thereof, the process comprising Mix various ingredients. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed herein can be prepared, for example, by mixing at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure.
本发明公开的化合物通常被配制成适合于通过所需途径对患者给药的剂型。例如,剂型包括那些适合于以下给药途径的剂型:(1)口服给药,例如片剂、胶囊剂、囊片剂、丸剂、含片剂、粉剂、糖浆剂、酏剂、混悬剂、溶液剂、乳剂、香包剂和扁囊剂;(2)胃肠外给药,例如无菌溶液剂、混悬剂和复溶粉末;(3)透皮给药,例如透皮贴片剂;(4)直肠给药,例如栓剂;(5)吸入,例如气雾剂、溶液剂和干粉剂;和(6)局部给药,例如乳膏剂、油膏剂、洗剂、溶液剂、糊剂、喷雾剂、泡沫剂和凝胶剂。The compounds disclosed herein are typically formulated in a dosage form suitable for administration to a patient by the desired route. For example, dosage forms include those suitable for the following routes of administration: (1) oral administration, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, tablets, powders, syrups, elixirs, suspensions, Solution, emulsion, sachet and cachet; (2) parenteral administration, such as sterile solutions, suspensions and reconstituted powders; (3) transdermal administration, such as transdermal patches (4) rectal administration, such as suppositories; (5) inhalation, such as aerosols, solutions, and dry powders; and (6) topical administration, such as creams, ointments, lotions, solutions, pastes , sprays, foams and gels.
在一实施方案中,本发明公开的化合物可以配制成口服剂型。在另一实施方案中,本发明公开的化合物可以配制成吸入剂型。在另一实施方案中,本发明公开的化合物可以配制成经鼻给药剂型。在又一实施方案中,本发明公开的化合物可以配制成透皮给药剂型。还在一实施方案中,本发明公开的化合物可以配制成局部给药剂型。In one embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein can be formulated into oral dosage forms. In another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein may be formulated in an inhaled dosage form. In another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein may be formulated for nasal administration. In yet another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein can be formulated in a transdermal dosage form. In still another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein may be formulated for topical administration.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以以压制片、研制片、可咀嚼锭剂、速溶片、复压片、或肠溶片、糖衣或薄膜衣片来提供。肠溶片是用能抗胃酸作用但在肠中溶解或崩解的物质包衣的压制片,从而防止了活性成分接触胃的酸性环境。肠包衣包括,但不限于,脂肪酸、脂肪、水杨酸苯酯、蜡、紫胶、氨化紫胶和邻苯二甲酸乙酸纤维素酯。The pharmaceutical composition provided by the present invention can be provided as a compressed tablet, a developed tablet, a chewable tablet, a fast-dissolving tablet, a reconstituted tablet, or an enteric coated tablet, a sugar-coated tablet or a film-coated tablet. The enteric coated tablet is a compressed tablet coated with a substance which is resistant to gastric acid but which dissolves or disintegrates in the intestine, thereby preventing the active ingredient from contacting the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric coatings include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, phenyl salicylate, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac, and cellulose acetate phthalate.
糖衣片为糖衣包围的压制片,其可利于掩盖令人不愉快的味道或气味并且能防止片剂氧化。薄膜包衣片为用水溶性物质的薄层或薄膜覆盖的压制片。薄膜包衣包括,但不限于,羟乙基纤维素、羧甲基纤维素钠、聚乙二醇4000和邻苯二甲酸乙酸纤维素酯。薄膜包衣赋有和糖包衣相同的一般特性。复压片为经过超过一个压缩周期制备的压制片,包括多层片、和压制包衣或干包衣片。The sugar-coated tablet is a compressed tablet surrounded by a sugar coating which can be used to mask an unpleasant taste or odor and to prevent oxidation of the tablet. The film coated tablet is a compressed tablet covered with a thin layer or film of a water-soluble substance. Film coatings include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000, and cellulose acetate phthalate. The film coating imparts the same general characteristics as the sugar coating. The compressed tablet is a compressed tablet prepared over more than one compression cycle, including a multilayer tablet, and a press-coated or dry-coated tablet.
片剂剂型可以由呈粉末、结晶或颗粒状的活性成分单独的或与本发明描述的一种或多种载体或赋形剂组合来制备,所述载体和赋形剂包括粘合剂、崩解剂、控释聚合物、润滑剂、稀释剂和/或着色剂。增香剂和甜味剂在形成咀嚼片和锭剂时特别有用。 The tablet dosage form can be prepared from the active ingredient in powder, crystalline or granular form, alone or in combination with one or more carriers or excipients described herein, including carriers Decomposing agents, controlled release polymers, lubricants, diluents and/or colorants. Flavoring and sweetening agents are particularly useful in forming chewable tablets and lozenges.
示例性的药学可接受的载体或其组分是糖类,例如乳糖,葡萄糖和蔗糖;淀粉,例如玉米淀粉和马铃薯淀粉;纤维素及其衍生物,如羧甲基纤维素钠、乙基纤维素和甲基纤维素;西黄蓍胶粉;麦芽;明胶;滑石;固体润滑剂,例如硬脂酸和硬脂酸镁;硫酸钙;合成油;植物油,例如花生油,棉籽油,芝麻油,橄榄油和玉米油;多元醇,如丙二醇、甘油、山梨醇、甘露醇和聚乙二醇;藻酸;磷酸盐缓冲溶液;乳化剂,例如吐温类;润湿剂,例如十二烷基硫酸钠;着色剂;调味剂;压片剂;稳定剂;抗氧化剂;防腐剂;无热原水;等渗盐水;和磷酸盐缓冲溶液。Exemplary pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or components thereof are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethylcellulose And methyl cellulose; western yellow gum powder; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; synthetic oil; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olives Oil and corn oil; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; phosphate buffer solution; emulsifiers, such as Tween; wetting agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate Colorant; flavoring agent; compressed tablet; stabilizer; antioxidant; preservative; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphate buffer solution.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以以软胶囊或硬胶囊来提供,其可以由明胶、甲基纤维素、淀粉或海藻酸钙来制备。所述硬明胶胶囊也称为干填充胶囊(DFC),由两段组成,一段塞入另一段中,因此完全包封了活性成分。软弹性胶囊(SEC)是软的、球形壳,比如明胶壳,其通过加入甘油、山梨醇或类似的多元醇塑化。软明胶壳可以包含防腐剂来预防微生物生长。合适的防腐剂为如本发明所述的那些,包括尼泊金甲酯和尼泊金并指,以及山梨酸。本发明提供的液体、半固体和固体剂型可以包囊在胶囊中。合适的液体和半固体剂型包括在碳酸丙烯酯、植物油或甘油三酯中的溶液和混悬剂。包含这样的溶液的胶囊可以如在美国专利U.S.Pat.Nos.4,328,245;4,409,239和4,410,545中描述的来制备。所述胶囊也可以采用如本领域技术人员已知的涂层,从而改善或维持活性成分的溶出。The pharmaceutical composition provided by the present invention may be provided in a soft capsule or a hard capsule, which may be prepared from gelatin, methylcellulose, starch or calcium alginate. The hard gelatin capsule, also known as dry-filled capsule (DFC), consists of two sections, one section being inserted into the other section, thus completely encapsulating the active ingredient. Soft elastic capsules (SEC) are soft, spherical shells, such as gelatin shells, which are plasticized by the addition of glycerin, sorbitol or similar polyols. Soft gelatin shells may contain preservatives to prevent microbial growth. Suitable preservatives are those as described herein, including methylparaben and paraben, and sorbic acid. The liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms provided herein can be encapsulated in a capsule. Suitable liquid and semisolid dosage forms include solutions and suspensions in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides. Capsules containing such a solution can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239 and 4,410,545. The capsules may also employ coatings as known to those skilled in the art to improve or maintain dissolution of the active ingredient.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以以液体和半固体剂型来提供,包括乳剂、溶液、混悬剂、酏剂和糖浆剂。乳剂为二相系统,其中一种液体以小球形式完全分散在另一种液体中,其可以是水包油型或油包水型。乳剂可以包括药学上可接受的非水液体和溶剂、乳化剂和防腐剂。混悬剂可以包括药学上可接受的助悬剂和防腐剂。含水醇溶液可以包括药学上可接受的缩醛,比如低级烷基醛的二(低级烷基)缩醛,例如乙醛二乙基缩醛;和具有一个或多个羟基的水溶性溶剂,比如丙二醇和乙醇。酏剂是透明的、甜味的水醇溶液。糖浆剂是浓的糖例如蔗糖的水溶液,并且还可以包含防腐剂。对于液体剂型,例如,在聚乙二醇中的溶液可以用足量的药学上可接受的液体载体例如水稀释,以精确方便地给药。The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be provided in liquid and semisolid dosage forms including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, and syrups. The emulsion is a two-phase system in which one liquid is completely dispersed in the form of pellets in another liquid, which may be an oil-in-water or water-in-oil type. The emulsions may include pharmaceutically acceptable non-aqueous liquids and solvents, emulsifiers, and preservatives. Suspensions can include pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agents and preservatives. The aqueous alcohol solution may include a pharmaceutically acceptable acetal such as a di(lower alkyl) acetal of a lower alkyl aldehyde such as acetaldehyde diethyl acetal; and a water soluble solvent having one or more hydroxyl groups, such as Propylene glycol and ethanol. The tincture is a clear, sweet, hydroalcoholic solution. A syrup is an aqueous solution of a concentrated sugar such as sucrose, and may also contain a preservative. For liquid dosage forms, for example, solutions in polyethylene glycol can be diluted with a sufficient amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water for precise and convenient administration.
其它有用的液体和半固体剂型包括,但不限于包含本发明提供的活性成分和二级化单-或聚-烷撑二醇的那些剂型,所述单-或聚-烷撑二醇包括:1,2-二甲氧基甲烷、二甘醇二甲醚、三甘醇二甲醚、四甘醇二甲醚、聚乙二醇-350-二甲醚、聚乙二醇-550-二甲醚、聚乙二醇-750-二甲醚(其中350、550、750指聚乙二醇的近似平均分子量)。这些制剂可以进一步包括一种或多种抗氧剂,比如丁羟甲苯(BHT)、丁羟茴醚(BHA),没食子酸丙酯、维生素E、氢醌、羟基香豆素、乙醇胺、卵磷脂、脑磷脂、抗坏血酸、苹果酸、山梨醇、磷酸、亚硫酸氢盐、焦亚硫酸钠、硫代二丙酸及其酯和二硫代氨基甲酸酯。 Other useful liquid and semisolid dosage forms include, but are not limited to, those comprising the active ingredients provided herein and the secondary mono- or poly-alkylene glycols, the mono- or poly-alkylene glycols comprising: 1,2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-two Methyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether (where 350, 550, 750 refers to the approximate average molecular weight of polyethylene glycol). These formulations may further comprise one or more antioxidants such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarin, ethanolamine, lecithin. , cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and esters thereof, and dithiocarbamate.
适当时,可以将口服给药的剂量单位制剂微囊包封。也可以将其制备成延长或维持释放的组合物,例如通过将微粒材料包衣或包埋在聚合物、蜡或类似物中。Dosage unit formulations for oral administration can be microencapsulated as appropriate. It may also be prepared as a composition for prolonged or sustained release, for example by coating or embedding the particulate material in a polymer, wax or the like.
本发明提供的口服药物组合物还可以以脂质体、胶束、微球或纳米体系的形式提供。胶束剂型可以用U.S.Pat.No.6,350,458描述的方法来制备。The oral pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can also be provided in the form of liposomes, micelles, microspheres or nanosystems. The micellar dosage form can be prepared by the method described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,350,458.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以以非泡腾或泡腾的颗粒剂和粉剂来提供,以重构成液体剂型。在非泡腾颗粒剂或粉剂中使用的药学上可接受的载体和赋形剂可以包括稀释剂、甜味剂和润湿剂。在泡腾颗粒剂或粉剂中使用的药学上可接受的载体和赋形剂可以包括有机酸和二氧化碳源。The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be provided as non-effervescent or effervescent granules and powders to reconstitute a liquid dosage form. The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the non-effervescent granules or powders may include diluents, sweeteners, and wetting agents. The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the effervescent granules or powders may include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.
在所有上述剂型中可以使用着色剂和调味剂。Colorants and flavoring agents can be used in all of the above dosage forms.
本发明所公开的化合物也可以与作为靶向药物载体的可溶性聚合物结合。这样的聚合物包括聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、吡喃共聚物、聚羟丙基甲基丙烯酰胺-苯酚、聚羟乙基天冬酰胺苯酚或棕榈酰残基取代的聚氧乙烯聚赖氨酸。此外,本发明所公开的化合物可以与在实现药物的控制释放中使用的一类生物可降解的聚合物结合,例如,聚乳酸、聚ε-己内酯、聚羟基丁酸、聚原酸酯、聚缩醛、聚二氢吡喃、聚氰基丙烯酸酯和水凝胶的交联或两亲嵌段共聚物。The compounds disclosed herein can also be combined with soluble polymers as targeted drug carriers. Such polymers include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol or palmitoyl residue substituted polyoxyethylene polylysine. Furthermore, the compounds disclosed herein can be combined with a class of biodegradable polymers used in the controlled release of drugs, for example, polylactic acid, poly-ε-caprolactone, polyhydroxybutyric acid, polyorthoesters. Crosslinked or amphiphilic block copolymers of polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and hydrogels.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以配制成立即或改性释放剂型,包括延迟-、缓释-、脉冲-、控制-、靶向-和程序化释放形式。The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained-release, pulse-, controlled-, targeted-, and programmed release forms.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以与不会损害预期的治疗作用的其它活性成分共同配制,或者与补充预期的作用的物质共同配制。The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be formulated with other active ingredients that do not impair the intended therapeutic effect, or with a substance that complements the intended effect.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以通过注射、输注或植入肠胃外给药,用于局部或全身给药。如本发明使用的肠胃外给药包括静脉内、动脉内、腹膜内、鞘内、心室内、尿道内、胸骨内、颅内、肌内、滑膜内和皮下给药。The pharmaceutical compositions provided by the present invention can be administered parenterally by injection, infusion or implantation for topical or systemic administration. Parenteral administration as used in the present invention includes intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial, and subcutaneous administration.
本发明提供的药物组合物可以配制成适于肠胃外给药的任何剂型,包括溶液、混悬剂、乳剂、胶束、脂质体、微球、纳米体系和适于在注射前在液体中制成溶液或混悬液的固体形式。这样的剂型可以根据药物科学领域的技术人员已知的常规方法来制备(参见Remington:The Science和Practice of Pharmacy,同上)。The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be formulated into any dosage form suitable for parenteral administration, including solutions, suspensions, emulsions, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanosystems, and in liquids prior to injection. A solid form of the solution or suspension. Such dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical science (see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra).
预期用于肠胃外给药的药物组合物可以包括一种或多种药学上可接受的载体和赋形剂,包括,但不限于,含水运载体、水混溶性运载体、非水运载体、抗微生物剂或抗微生物生长的防腐剂、稳定剂、溶解增强剂、等渗剂、缓冲剂、抗氧剂、局部麻醉剂、助悬剂和分散剂、湿润剂或乳化剂、络合剂、多价螯合剂或螯合剂、防冻剂、冷冻保护剂、增稠剂、pH调节剂和惰性气体。 Pharmaceutical compositions intended for parenteral administration may include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients including, but not limited to, aqueous carriers, water miscible vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antibiotics Microbial or antimicrobial growth preservatives, stabilizers, dissolution enhancers, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, multivalent Chelating or chelating agents, antifreeze agents, cryoprotectants, thickeners, pH adjusters, and inert gases.
合适的含水运载体包括,但不限于:水、盐水、生理盐水或磷酸盐缓冲盐水(PBS)、氯化钠注射液、Ringers注射液、等渗葡萄糖注射液、无菌水注射液、葡萄糖和乳酸化的Ringers注射液。非水运载体包括,但不限于,植物来源的非挥发油、蓖麻油、玉米油、棉籽油、橄榄油、花生油、薄荷油、红花油、芝麻油、豆油、氢化植物油、氢化豆油和椰子油的中链甘油三酯、及棕榈种子油。水混溶性运载体包括,但不限于,乙醇、1,3-丁二醇、液体聚乙二醇(例如聚乙二醇300和聚乙二醇400)、丙二醇、甘油、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基乙酰胺和二甲亚砜。Suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, water, saline, saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), sodium chloride injection, Ringers injection, isotonic glucose injection, sterile water injection, dextrose, and Lactated Ringers injection. Non-aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, plant-derived non-volatile oils, castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated soybean oil and coconut oil. Chain triglycerides, and palm seed oil. Water miscible vehicles include, but are not limited to, ethanol, 1,3-butanediol, liquid polyethylene glycols (eg, polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 400), propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide and dimethyl sulfoxide.
合适的抗微生物剂或防腐剂包括,但不限于,苯酚、甲酚、汞剂、苯甲醇、氯代丁醇、对羟基苯甲酸甲酯和对羟基苯甲酸丙酯、硫柳汞、苯扎氯铵(例如苄索氯铵)、尼泊金甲酯和尼泊金丙酯及山梨酸。合适的等渗剂包括,但不限于,氯化钠、甘油和葡萄糖。合适的缓冲剂包括,但不限于,磷酸盐和柠檬酸盐。合适的抗氧化剂为如本发明描述的那些,包括亚硫酸氢盐和偏亚硫酸氢钠。合适的局部麻醉剂包括,但不限于盐酸普鲁卡因。合适的助悬剂和分散剂为如本发明描述的那些,包括羧甲基纤维素钠、羟丙基甲基纤维素和聚乙烯吡咯烷酮。合适的乳化剂包括本发明描述的那些,包括聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇单月桂酸酯。聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇单油酸酯80和油酸三乙醇胺酯。合适的多价螯合剂或螯合剂包括,但不限于EDTA。合适的pH调节剂包括,但不限于氢氧化钠、盐酸、柠檬酸和乳酸。合适的络合剂包括,但不限于环糊精,包括α-环糊精、β-环糊精、羟丙基-β-环糊精、磺基丁基醚-β-环糊精和磺基丁基醚7-β-环糊精(CyDex,Lenexa,KS)。Suitable antimicrobial or preservatives include, but are not limited to, phenol, cresol, amalgam, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propylparaben, thiomersal, benzalkonium chloride (eg benzethonium chloride), methylparaben and propylparaben and sorbic acid. Suitable isotonic agents include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, glycerin, and glucose. Suitable buffering agents include, but are not limited to, phosphates and citrates. Suitable antioxidants are those as described herein, including bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite. Suitable local anesthetics include, but are not limited to, procaine hydrochloride. Suitable suspending and dispersing agents are those as described herein, including sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Suitable emulsifiers include those described herein, including polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate. Polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80 and triethanolamine oleate. Suitable sequestering or chelating agents include, but are not limited to, EDTA. Suitable pH adjusting agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid. Suitable complexing agents include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrins, including alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin, sulfobutylether-beta-cyclodextrin, and sulfonate. Butyl ether 7-β-cyclodextrin CyDex, Lenexa, KS).
本发明提供的药物组合物可以配制成单剂量或多剂量给药。所述单剂量制剂被包装在安瓿剂、小瓶或注射器中。所述多剂量肠胃外制剂必须包含抑菌或抑真菌浓度的抗微生物剂。所有的肠胃外制剂都必须是无菌的,如本领域已知和实践的。The pharmaceutical compositions provided by the present invention may be formulated for administration in single or multiple doses. The single dose formulation is packaged in an ampoule, vial or syringe. The multi-dose parenteral formulation must contain an antimicrobial agent at a bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentration. All parenteral formulations must be sterile, as is known and practiced in the art.
在一实施方案中,药物组合物以即用型无菌溶液来提供。在另一实施方案中,药物组合物以无菌干燥可溶性产品提供,包括冻干粉末和皮下注射片剂,其在使用前用运载体重构。在又一实施方案中,药物组合物被配制成即用型无菌悬浮液。在又一实施方案中,药物组合物被配制成使用之前用运载体重构的无菌干燥不可溶性产品。还在一实施方案中,药物组合物被配制成即用型无菌乳剂。In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a ready-to-use sterile solution. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a sterile dry soluble product, including lyophilized powders and subcutaneously injected tablets, which are reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a ready-to-use sterile suspension. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a sterile dry insoluble product that has been reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use. In still another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a ready-to-use sterile emulsion.
本发明所公开的药物组合物可以配置成立即或改性释放剂型,包括延迟-、缓释-、脉冲-、控制-、靶向-和程序化释放形式。The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained-release, pulse-, controlled-, targeted-, and programmed release forms.
药物组合物可以配置成混悬剂、固体、半固体或触变液体,用作植入的贮库给药。在一实施方案中,本发明所公开的药物组合物分散在固体内部基质中,其被不溶于体液但允许药物组合物中的活性成分扩散通过的外部聚合膜所包围。 The pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated as a suspension, solid, semi-solid or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted reservoir. In one embodiment, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions are dispersed in a solid internal matrix surrounded by an outer polymeric film that is insoluble in body fluids but allows the active ingredient in the pharmaceutical composition to diffuse through.
适合的内部基质包括聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚丁基丙烯酸甲酯、增塑的或未增塑的聚氯乙烯、增塑的尼龙、增塑的聚对苯二甲酸乙二酯、增塑的聚对苯二甲酸乙酯、天然橡胶、聚异戊二烯、聚异丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚乙烯、乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯共聚物、硅酮橡胶、聚二甲硅氧烷、硅酮碳酸酯共聚物、亲水性聚合物比如丙烯酸和甲基丙烯酸的酯的水凝胶、胶原、交联聚乙烯醇及教练的部分水解的聚乙酸乙烯酯。Suitable internal substrates include polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinyl chloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, plasticized Polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, silicone rubber, polydimethylsiloxane, silicone Carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, collagen, crosslinked polyvinyl alcohol and partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate of the trainer.
适合的外部聚合膜包括聚乙烯、聚丙烯、乙烯/丙烯共聚物、乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物、乙烯/乙烯基乙酸酯共聚物、硅酮橡胶、聚二甲基硅氧烷、氯丁橡胶、氯化聚乙烯、聚氯乙烯、氯化乙烯与乙酸乙烯酯的共聚物、偏二氯乙烯、乙烯和丙烯、离子交联聚合物聚对苯二甲酸乙二酯、丁基橡胶氯醇橡胶、乙烯/乙烯醇共聚物、乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯/乙烯醇三聚物和乙烯/乙烯氧基乙醇共聚物。Suitable external polymeric films include polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, chloroprene Rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, copolymer of vinyl chloride and vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomeric polymer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber chlorohydrin Rubber, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer.
另一方面,本发明所公开的药物组合物可以配制成适于对患者吸入给药的任何剂型,例如干粉剂、气雾剂、混悬剂或溶液组合物。在一实施方案中,本发明所公开的药物组合物可以配制成适于用干粉剂对患者吸入给药的剂型。在又一实施方案中,本发明所公开的药物组合物可以配制成适于通过喷雾器对患者吸入给药的剂型。通过吸入递送至肺的干粉组合物通常包含精细粉末状的本发明所公开的化合物和一种或多种精细粉末状的药学上可接受的赋形剂。特别适合用作干粉剂的药学上可接受的赋形剂为本领域技术人员所知晓,其包括乳糖、淀粉、甘露醇、和单-、二-和多糖。精细粉末可通过例如微粉化和研磨制备得到。一般来说,尺寸减小的(如微粉化的)化合物可以通过约1至10微米的D50值(例如,用激光衍射法测量的)来定义。In another aspect, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be formulated into any dosage form suitable for inhalation administration to a patient, such as a dry powder, aerosol, suspension or solution composition. In one embodiment, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated in a dosage form suitable for inhalation administration to a patient with a dry powder. In yet another embodiment, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated in a dosage form suitable for inhalation administration to a patient by a nebulizer. Dry powder compositions for delivery to the lung by inhalation typically comprise a finely powdered compound of the invention and one or more finely divided pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are particularly suitable for use as dry powders are known to those skilled in the art and include lactose, starch, mannitol, and mono-, di- and polysaccharides. Fine powders can be prepared, for example, by micronization and milling. Generally, the size-reduced (e.g. micronised) compound can be (e.g., as measured by laser diffraction method) is defined by the D 50 value from about 1 to 10 microns.
气雾剂可以通过将本发明所公开的化合物悬浮或溶解在液化推进剂中配制。适合的推进剂包括氯代烃、烃类和其它液化气体。代表性的推进剂包括:三氯氟甲烷(推进剂11)、二氯氟甲烷(推进剂12)、二氯四氟乙烷(推进剂114)、四氟乙烷(HFA-134a)、1,1-二氟乙烷(HFA-152a)、二氟甲烷(HFA-32)、五氟乙烷(HFA-12)、七氟丙烷(HFA-227a)、全氟丙烷、全氟丁烷、全氟戊烷、丁烷、异丁烷和戊烷。包含本发明所公开的化合物的气雾剂通常通过计量剂量吸入器(MDI)对患者给药。这样的装置为本领域技术人员所知晓。Aerosol formulations can be formulated by suspending or dissolving the disclosed compounds in a liquefied propellant. Suitable propellants include chlorinated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, and other liquefied gases. Representative propellants include: trichlorofluoromethane (propellant 11), dichlorofluoromethane (propellant 12), dichlorotetrafluoroethane (propellant 114), tetrafluoroethane (HFA-134a), 1 , 1-difluoroethane (HFA-152a), difluoromethane (HFA-32), pentafluoroethane (HFA-12), heptafluoropropane (HFA-227a), perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane, perfluoro Pentane, butane, isobutane and pentane. Aerosols comprising the compounds disclosed herein are typically administered to a patient via a metered dose inhaler (MDI). Such devices are known to those skilled in the art.
气雾剂可包含额外的、可通过MDIs使用的药学上可接受的赋形剂,例如表面活性剂、润滑剂、共溶剂和其它赋形剂,以改善制剂的物理稳定性、改善阀门特性、改善溶解性、或者改善口味。Aerosols may contain additional pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as surfactants, lubricants, cosolvents, and other excipients, which may be used by MDIs to improve the physical stability of the formulation, improve valve characteristics, Improve solubility or improve taste.
适合于透皮给药的药物组合物可制备成不连续的贴片剂,意在与患者的表皮保持紧密接触一段延长的时间。例如,可通过离子渗透从贴片剂中递送活性成分,如Pharmaceutical Research,1986,3(6),318中的一般描述。 Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for transdermal administration can be prepared as discrete patches intended to remain in intimate contact with the epidermis of the patient for an extended period of time. For example, the active ingredient can be delivered from the patch by ion permeation as generally described in Pharmaceutical Research, 1986, 3(6), 318.
适合于局部给药的药物组合物可以被配制成油膏剂、乳膏剂、混悬剂、洗剂、粉剂、溶液剂、糊剂、凝胶剂、喷雾剂、气雾剂或油剂。例如,油膏剂、乳膏剂和凝胶剂可以用水或油基质,和适合的增稠剂和/或凝胶剂和/或溶剂来配置。这样的基质可以包括,水,和/或油例如液体液体石蜡和植物油(例如花生油或蓖麻油),或溶剂例如聚乙二醇。根据基质性质使用的增稠剂和凝胶剂包括软石蜡、硬脂酸铝、鲸蜡硬脂醇、聚乙二醇、羊毛脂、蜂蜡、聚羧乙烯和纤维素衍生物,和/或单硬脂酸甘油脂和/或非离子型乳化剂。Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for topical administration may be formulated as ointments, creams, suspensions, lotions, powders, solutions, pastes, gels, sprays, aerosols or oils. For example, ointments, creams, and gels can be formulated with a water or oil base, and a suitable thickening and/or geling agent and/or solvent. Such a matrix may include water, and/or oils such as liquid liquid paraffin and vegetable oils (such as peanut oil or castor oil), or solvents such as polyethylene glycol. Thickeners and gels for use depending on the nature of the matrix include soft paraffin, aluminum stearate, cetearyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, lanolin, beeswax, carbopol and cellulose derivatives, and/or single Stearic acid glycerides and/or nonionic emulsifiers.
洗剂可以用水或油基质配制,并且通常也含有一种或多种乳化剂、稳定剂、分散剂、助悬剂或增稠剂。Lotions may be formulated with water or oil bases and usually contain one or more emulsifying, stabilizing, dispersing, suspending or thickening agents.
外用粉剂可以在任意适合的粉基质例如滑石粉、乳糖或淀粉的存在下成型。滴剂可以用包含一种或多种分散剂、增溶剂、助悬剂或防腐剂的水或非水基质配制而成。The topical powder can be formed in the presence of any suitable powder base such as talc, lactose or starch. Drops can be formulated with an aqueous or non-aqueous base comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilizing agents, suspending agents or preservatives.
局部制剂可以通过在患处每天应用一次或多次来给药;覆盖皮肤的封闭敷料优先被使用。粘附性储库系统可实现连续或延长的给药。The topical preparation can be administered by applying one or more times per day to the affected area; a closed dressing covering the skin is preferably used. Adhesive depot systems enable continuous or extended administration.
治疗眼睛,或其它器官如嘴巴和皮肤时,可施用作为局部油膏剂或乳膏剂的组合物。当配制为油膏剂时,本发明所公开的化合物可与石蜡或水溶的油膏剂基质一起使用。或者,本发明所公开的化合物可以与水包油乳膏剂基质或水包油基质一起配制成乳膏剂。When treating the eye, or other organs such as the mouth and skin, a composition can be applied as a topical ointment or cream. When formulated as an ointment, the compounds disclosed herein can be used with paraffin or water soluble ointment bases. Alternatively, the compounds disclosed herein can be formulated as a cream with an oil-in-water cream base or an oil-in-water base.
联合治疗Combination therapy
本发明化合物可以作为单独的活性试剂给药,或者可以与其它治疗剂联合给药,包括具有相同或相似治疗活性并且对于此类联合给药确定为安全且有效的其它化合物。The compounds of the invention may be administered as separate active agents or may be administered in combination with other therapeutic agents, including other compounds having the same or similar therapeutic activity and which are determined to be safe and effective for such combination administration.
一方面,本发明提供治疗、预防或改善疾病或病症的方法,包括给予安全有效量的包含本发明公开化合物与一种或多种治疗活性剂的联合药物。在一实施方案中,联合药物包含一种或两种其他治疗剂。In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or ameliorating a disease or condition comprising administering a safe and effective amount of a combination comprising a compound of the invention and one or more therapeutically active agents. In one embodiment, the combination comprises one or two additional therapeutic agents.
其它治疗剂的实例包括但不限于:抗癌剂,包括化疗剂和抗增殖剂;抗炎剂;和免疫调节剂或免疫抑制剂。Examples of other therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, anticancer agents, including chemotherapeutic agents and antiproliferative agents; anti-inflammatory agents; and immunomodulatory or immunosuppressive agents.
治疗方法treatment method
在一实施方案中,本发明公开的治疗方法包括对有需要的患者给予安全有效量的本发明化合物或包含本发明化合物的药物组合物。本发明公开的各实施方案包括通过对有需要的患者给予安全有效量的本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物,来治疗上面所提到疾病的方法。In one embodiment, the methods of treatment disclosed herein comprise administering to a patient in need thereof a safe and effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention. Embodiments of the present disclosure include methods of treating the above mentioned diseases by administering to a patient in need thereof a safe and effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention.
在一实施方案中,本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物可以通过任何适合的给药途径来给药,包括全身给药和局部给药。全身给药包括口服给药、胃肠外 给药、透皮给药和直肠给药。典型的胃肠外给药是指通过注射或输注给药,包括静脉内、肌内和皮下注射或输注给药。局部给药包括施用于皮肤以及眼内、耳、阴道内、吸入和鼻内给药。在一个实施方案中,本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物可以是口服给药。在另一实施方案中,本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物可以是吸入给药。还有一实施例中,本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物可以是经鼻内给药。In one embodiment, a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein can be administered by any suitable route of administration, including systemic administration and topical administration. Systemic administration includes oral administration, parenteral administration Administration, transdermal administration and rectal administration. Typical parenteral administration refers to administration by injection or infusion, including intravenous, intramuscular, and subcutaneous injection or infusion. Topical administration includes administration to the skin as well as intraocular, otic, intravaginal, inhalation, and intranasal administration. In one embodiment, a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein may be administered orally. In another embodiment, a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein can be administered by inhalation. In still another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein or comprising a compound disclosed herein may be administered intranasally.
在一实施方案中,本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物可以一次性给药,或者根据给药方案,在指定时间段内,在不同的时间间隔给药若干次。例如,每天给药一次、两次、三次或四次。在一实施方案中,每天给药一次。在又一实施方案中,每天给药两次。可以给药直至达到想要的治疗效果或无限期地维持想要的治疗效果。本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物的合适给药方案取决于该化合物的药代动力学性质,例如稀释、分布和半衰期,这些可以由技术人员测定。此外,本发明公开化合物或包含本发明公开化合物的药物组合物的合适给药方案,包括实施该方案的持续时间,取决于被治疗的疾病,被治疗疾病的严重程度、被治疗患者的年龄和身体状况、被治疗患者的医疗史、同时疗法的性质、想要的治疗效果等在技术人员知识和经验范围内的因素。这样的技术人员还应该理解,对于个体患者对给药方案的反应,或随着时间推移个体患者需要变化时,可要求调整事宜的给药方案。In one embodiment, a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein can be administered at a time, or several times at different time intervals, over a specified period of time, depending on the dosage regimen. For example, administration once, twice, three times or four times a day. In one embodiment, it is administered once a day. In yet another embodiment, the administration is twice daily. It can be administered until the desired therapeutic effect is achieved or the desired therapeutic effect is maintained indefinitely. Suitable dosing regimens for the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed herein depend on the pharmacokinetic properties of the compound, such as dilution, distribution and half-life, as determined by the skilled artisan. Furthermore, suitable dosage regimens of the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the present invention, including the duration of implementation of the regimen, depend on the condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age of the subject being treated, and The physical condition, the medical history of the patient being treated, the nature of the concurrent therapy, the desired therapeutic effect, etc., are within the knowledge and experience of the skilled person. Such skilled artisans will also appreciate that the dosage regimen for the adjustment may be required for individual patient responses to the dosage regimen, or for individual patient needs to change over time.
本发明公开化合物可以与一种或多种其它治疗剂同时,或在其之前或之后给药。本发明化合物可以与其他治疗剂通过相同或不同给药途径分别给药,或与之以同以药物组合物形式给药。The compounds disclosed herein can be administered simultaneously with, or before or after, one or more other therapeutic agents. The compounds of the invention may be administered separately or in combination with other therapeutic agents by the same or different routes of administration.
对于约50-70kg的个体,本发明公开药物组合物和联合物可以是含有约1-1000mg、或约1-500mg、或约1-250mg、或约1-150mg、或约0.5-100mg、或约1-50mg活性成分的单位剂量形式。化合物、药物组合物或其联合物的治疗有效量是取决于个体的物种、体重、年龄及个体情况、被治疗的疾病(disorder)或疾病(disease)或其严重程度。具备常用技能的医师、临床医师或兽医可以容易决定预防、治疗或抑制疾病(disorder)或疾病(disease)发展过程中所需各活性成分的有效量。The pharmaceutical compositions and combinations disclosed herein may comprise from about 1 to 1000 mg, or from about 1 to 500 mg, or from about 1 to 250 mg, or from about 1 to 150 mg, or from about 0.5 to 100 mg, or from about 50 to 70 kg of the individual, or A unit dosage form of about 1-50 mg of the active ingredient. The therapeutically effective amount of a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or combination thereof, will depend on the species, weight, age, and individual condition of the individual, the disorder or disease being treated, or the severity thereof. Physicians, clinicians, or veterinarians with common skills can readily determine the effective amount of each active ingredient required to prevent, treat, or inhibit the development of a disease or disease.
以上所引用的剂量特性已在采用有利的哺乳动物(例如小鼠、大鼠、狗、猴)或其离体器官、组织及标本的体外及体内试验中证实。本发明公开化合物以溶液,例如水溶液形式在体外使用,也可以例如悬浮液或水溶液形式在体内的肠内,胃肠外,尤其是静脉内使用。 The dosage characteristics cited above have been demonstrated in in vitro and in vivo assays using advantageous mammals (e.g., mice, rats, dogs, monkeys) or their isolated organs, tissues, and specimens. The compounds disclosed in the present invention are used in vitro in the form of a solution, for example, an aqueous solution, and may also be used, for example, in the form of a suspension or an aqueous solution in the intestine of the body, parenterally, especially intravenously.
在一实施方案中,本发明公开化合物的治疗有效剂量为每天约0.1mg至约2,000mg。其药物组合物应当提供约0.1mg至约2,000mg剂量的该化合物。在一特定实施方案中,制备的药物剂量单位形式能提供约1mg至约2,000mg,约10mg至约1,000mg,约20mg至约500mg,或约25mg至约250mg的主要活性成分或每剂量单位形式中各主要成分的组合。在一特定实施方案中,制备的药物剂量单位形式能提供约10mg,20mg,25mg,50mg,100mg,250mg,500mg,1000mg或2000mg主要活性成分。In one embodiment, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein is from about 0.1 mg to about 2,000 mg per day. The pharmaceutical composition thereof should provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg to about 2,000 mg of the compound. In a particular embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage unit form is prepared to provide from about 1 mg to about 2,000 mg, from about 10 mg to about 1,000 mg, from about 20 mg to about 500 mg, or from about 25 mg to about 250 mg of the primary active ingredient or per dosage unit form. The combination of the main ingredients. In a particular embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage unit form is prepared to provide about 10 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 1000 mg or 2000 mg of the main active ingredient.
此外,本发明公开的化合物可以以前药形式给药。在本发明中,本发明公开化合物的“前药”是对患者给药时,最终能在体内释放出本发明公开化合物的功能性衍生物。以前药形式给予本发明公开的化合物时,本领域技术人员可实施下列方式中的一种及以上:(a)变更化合物的体内起效时间;(b)变更化合物的体内作用持续时间;(c)变更化合物的体内输送或分布;(d)变更化合物的体内溶解度;及(e)克服化合物所面临的副作用或其他难点。用于制备前药的典型的功能性衍生物,包含在体内以化学方式或酶的方式裂解的化合物的变体。包含制备磷酸盐、酰胺、酯、硫代酯、碳酸盐及氨基甲酸盐的这些变体对本领域技术人员来讲是众所周知的。Furthermore, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered in the form of a prodrug. In the present invention, a "prodrug" of a compound disclosed herein is a functional derivative which, when administered to a patient, ultimately releases the compound of the present invention in vivo. When a compound disclosed herein is administered in a prodrug form, one of skill in the art can practice one or more of the following: (a) altering the in vivo onset time of the compound; (b) altering the duration of in vivo action of the compound; Changing the in vivo delivery or distribution of the compound; (d) altering the in vivo solubility of the compound; and (e) overcoming the side effects or other difficulties faced by the compound. Typical functional derivatives for the preparation of prodrugs, including variants of compounds which are cleaved chemically or enzymatically in vivo. These variants comprising the preparation of phosphates, amides, esters, thioesters, carbonates and carbamates are well known to those skilled in the art.
一般合成过程General synthetic process
一般地,本发明的化合物可以通过本发明所描述的方法制备得到,除非有进一步的说明,其中取代基的定义如式(I)所示。In general, the compounds of the present invention can be prepared by the methods described herein, unless otherwise stated, wherein the substituents are as defined for formula (I).
所属领域的技术人员将认识到:本发明所描述的化学反应可以用来合适地制备许多本发明的其他化合物,且用于制备本发明的化合物的其它方法都被认为是在本发明的范围之内。例如,根据本发明那些非例证的化合物的合成可以成功地被所属领域的技术人员通过修饰方法完成,如适当的保护干扰基团,通过利用其他已知的试剂除了本发明所描述的,或将反应条件做一些常规的修改。另外,本发明所公开的反应或已知的反应条件也公认地适用于本发明其他化合物的制备。Those skilled in the art will recognize that the chemical reactions described herein can be used to suitably prepare a number of other compounds of the invention, and that other methods for preparing the compounds of the invention are considered to be within the scope of the invention. Inside. For example, the synthesis of those non-exemplified compounds according to the present invention can be successfully accomplished by modifications by those skilled in the art, such as appropriate protection of the interfering group, by the use of other known reagents in addition to those described herein, or The reaction conditions are subject to some conventional modifications. Additionally, the reactions or known reaction conditions disclosed herein are also recognized to be suitable for the preparation of other compounds of the invention.
下面所描述的实施例,除非其他方面表明所有的温度定为摄氏度。试剂购买于商品供应商如Aldrich Chemical Company,Arco Chemical Company and Alfa Chemical Company,使用时都没有经过进一步纯化,除非其他方面表明(以下中将路线N统一描述为数字编号,不再赘述)。The examples described below, unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are set to degrees Celsius. The reagents were purchased from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, Arco Chemical Company and Alfa Chemical Company, and were used without further purification unless otherwise indicated (the route N is collectively described below as a numerical number and will not be described again).
1.(1表示路线1,以下将路线N统一描述为数字编号,不再赘述)合成酰胺类化合物(3):1. (1 indicates Route 1, and Route N is uniformly described as a numerical number, and will not be described again) Synthetic amide compound (3):
取代的芳香羧酸(1,1eq.)、卡特缩合剂(BOP,1.2eq.)和N,N-二异丙基乙胺(DIEA,2.5eq)加入适量体积的N,N-二甲基甲酰胺溶剂中。所得的混合液在室温下搅拌10min。氨基类化合物(2,2.5eq.)分批或逐滴滴入反应液中。所得反应液在室温下搅拌5h。反应结束后,反应液使用等体积水淬灭,并用双倍体积的乙酸乙酯进行萃取三次。合并乙酸乙酯相,有机相使用水和盐水洗,并使用无水硫酸钠干燥。过滤后,使用旋转蒸发仪去除乙酸乙酯,所得粗品拌硅胶粉后,干法上样,使用硅胶柱层析的方法分离纯化。Substituted aromatic carboxylic acid (1,1 eq.), Carter condensing agent (BOP, 1.2 eq.) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 2.5 eq) were added in an appropriate volume of N,N-dimethyl In the formamide solvent. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The amino compound (2, 2.5 eq.) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture in portions or dropwise. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was quenched with an equal volume of water and extracted three times with double volume of ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate phase was combined and the organic phase was washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, ethyl acetate was removed using a rotary evaporator, and the obtained crude product was mixed with silica gel powder, dried, and separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography.
2.吡唑类化合物(7)的合成:2. Synthesis of pyrazole compound (7):
溶解在乙醇中取代的苯甲醛(4,1eq.)和烷基乙酮(5,1.5eq.)分批加入NaOH(3eq.)的水溶液中。所得的混合液回流4h。反应液降至室温,并使用2N的盐酸调pH至4~5。所得混合液使用等体积乙酸乙酯萃取三次。有机相使用水和盐水洗之后,使用无水硫酸钠进行干燥。过滤出去硫酸钠后,有机相使用旋转蒸发仪去除后,所得粗品中间体(6)直接用于下一步。The substituted benzaldehyde (4,1 eq.) and alkyl ethyl ketone (5, 1.5 eq.) dissolved in ethanol were added portionwise to an aqueous solution of NaOH (3 eq.). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 4 h. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the pH was adjusted to 4 to 5 using 2N hydrochloric acid. The resulting mixture was extracted three times with an equal volume of ethyl acetate. After the organic phase was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the sodium sulfate was filtered off and the organic phase was removed using a rotary evaporator, the obtained crude intermediate (6) was used directly in the next step.
中间体(6,1eq.),对甲苯磺酰肼(2eq.)和四丁基溴化铵(TBAB,1eq.)分批缓慢加入NaOH(3eq.)的水溶液中,边加边搅拌。所得的混合液在95℃下搅拌12h。反应液降至室温,并使用2N的盐酸调pH至4~5。所得混合液使用等体积乙酸乙酯萃取三次。有机相使用水和盐水洗之后,使用无水硫酸钠进行干燥。过滤出去硫酸钠后,有机相使用旋转蒸发仪去除。所得粗品使用重结晶或硅胶柱层析的方法进行分离纯化。The intermediate (6, 1 eq.), p-toluenesulfonylhydrazide (2 eq.) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBAB, 1 eq.) were slowly added portionwise to an aqueous solution of NaOH (3 eq.) and stirred while stirring. The resulting mixture was stirred at 95 ° C for 12 h. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the pH was adjusted to 4 to 5 using 2N hydrochloric acid. The resulting mixture was extracted three times with an equal volume of ethyl acetate. After the organic phase was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the sodium sulfate was filtered off, the organic phase was removed using a rotary evaporator. The obtained crude product was separated and purified by recrystallization or silica gel column chromatography.
3.羟基茚酮类(11)结构的合成路线2:3. Synthetic route 2 of hydroxy fluorenone (11) structure:
酚类化合物(8,1eq.)溶于溶剂二氯甲烷(DCM)中,并将反应瓶充满氩气,使用氩气球保护。室温下,使用注射器加入吡啶(1.2eq.)。3-氯丙酰氯(9,1.1eq.)通过注射器缓慢滴加至反应瓶中。所得的混合液在室温下搅拌1h。反应结束后,反应液使用水淬灭。分液后,二氯甲烷相使用水和盐水洗。二氯甲烷相使用无水硫酸镁干燥后,过滤,并用旋转蒸发仪去除有机溶剂,粗品使用硅胶柱层析分离纯化,得到中间体10。 中间体(10,1eq.)和AlCl3(3eq.)加入反应瓶中,在没有溶剂的情况的下,加热到180℃反应6h。反应冷至室温后,使用冰冷的2M盐酸淬灭并搅拌,使黑色固体溶解。使用乙酸乙酯萃取三次。有机相合并,盐水洗,无水硫酸钠干燥后,在旋转蒸发以上旋干,粗品使用硅胶柱层析分离,得到羟基茚酮类化合物(11)。The phenolic compound (8, 1 eq.) was dissolved in solvent dichloromethane (DCM) and the reaction flask was filled with argon and protected with an argon balloon. Pyridine (1.2 eq.) was added using a syringe at room temperature. 3-Chloropropanoyl chloride (9, 1.1 eq.) was slowly added dropwise to the reaction vial via a syringe. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was quenched with water. After liquid separation, the dichloromethane phase was washed with water and brine. The methylene chloride phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the organic solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator. The intermediate (10, 1 eq.) and AlCl 3 (3 eq.) were added to the reaction flask and heated to 180 ° C for 6 h without solvent. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was quenched with ice cold 2M hydrochloric acid and stirred to dissolve a black solid. It was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then evaporated and evaporated.
4.羟基异喹啉类化合物的合成路线:4. Synthesis route of hydroxyisoquinoline compounds:
羟基茚酮类化合物(11,1eq.)加入冰冷的浓盐酸中,NaN3(2eq.)分批缓慢加入。反应液在0℃~r.t.搅拌20h。反应结束后,反应液用水淬灭。水相用二氯甲烷萃取三次,有机相使用无水硫酸镁干燥。干燥剂过滤后,有机相拌硅胶,使用硅胶柱层析分离纯化,得到羟基异喹啉类化合物12。化合物12(1eq.),NaH(2eq.)在溶剂四氢呋喃中反应0.5h,加入碘代物R’I(3eq.),反应过夜可得化合物13。化合物13与48%HBr水溶液在180℃搅拌过夜可得化合物14。The hydroxy fluorenone compound (11, 1 eq.) was added to ice-cold concentrated hydrochloric acid, and NaN 3 (2 eq.) was slowly added portionwise. The reaction solution was stirred at 0 ° C to rt for 20 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was quenched with water. The aqueous phase was extracted three times with dichloromethane and the organic phase dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After the desiccant was filtered, the organic phase was mixed with silica gel and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give hydroxyisoquinoline compound 12. Compound 12 (1 eq.), NaH (2 eq.) was reacted in solvent tetrahydrofuran for 0.5 h, and iodine R'I (3 eq.) was added. Compound 13 was stirred with an aqueous solution of 48% HBr at 180 ° C overnight to afford compound 14.
5.苯甲酰胍基(18)和苯甲酰脒基(20)化合物的合成:5. Synthesis of benzoyl hydrazino (18) and benzoyl hydrazino (20) compounds:
邻羟基苯甲酸类化合物(15,1eq.)加入反应溶剂二氯甲烷中,SOCl2(3eq.)滴加至溶液中。所得反应液在50℃反应1h后,在旋转蒸发仪上旋蒸去除SOCl2。所得粗品使用二氯甲烷溶解,然后滴入苯酚(phenol,1eq.)和三乙胺(TEA,3eq.)在二氯甲烷中的混合液。所得反应液在r.t.下搅拌1h后,加水淬灭。使用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相使用无水硫酸镁干燥。干燥剂被过滤后,有机相拌硅胶,使用硅胶层析柱分离纯化,得到中间体16。中间体16(1eq.)和1,1,3,3-四甲基胍(TMG,1.5eq.)加入反应溶剂N,N-二甲基甲酰胺中,搅拌5min后,加入胍基化合物(17,1.6eq.),室温搅拌过夜。反应 结束使用水淬灭,乙酸乙酯萃取后使用硅胶柱层析分离可得苯甲酰胍基类化合物(18)。中间体16(1eq.),O-苯并三氮唑-四甲基脲六氟磷酸盐(HBTU,1.6eq.),N,N-二异丙基乙胺(DIEA,3eq.)加入溶剂N,N-二甲基甲酰胺中。反应液室温搅拌30min,脒基化合物(19,1.2eq.)加入反应液中。反应液室温搅拌过夜后,加水淬灭。使用乙酸乙酯萃取后,硅胶柱层析分离可得苯甲酰脒类化合物(20)。An o-hydroxybenzoic acid compound (15, 1 eq.) was added to the reaction solvent dichloromethane, and SOCl 2 (3 eq.) was added dropwise to the solution. The resulting reaction solution was reacted at 50 ° C for 1 h, and then SOCl 2 was removed by rotary evaporation on a rotary evaporator. The obtained crude product was dissolved in dichloromethane, and then a mixture of phenol (phenol, 1 eq.) and triethylamine (TEA, 3 eq.) in dichloromethane was added dropwise. The resulting reaction was stirred at rt for 1 h then quenched with water. It was extracted with dichloromethane and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After the desiccant is filtered, the organic phase is mixed with silica gel and purified by silica gel chromatography to give Intermediate 16. Intermediate 16 (1 eq.) and 1,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine (TMG, 1.5 eq.) were added to the reaction solvent N,N-dimethylformamide, and after stirring for 5 min, a mercapto compound was added. 17,1.6 eq.), stirred at room temperature overnight. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was quenched with water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. Intermediate 16 (1 eq.), O-benzotriazole-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate (HBTU, 1.6 eq.), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 3 eq.) was added to the solvent. In N,N-dimethylformamide. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and a mercapto compound (19, 1.2 eq.) was added to the mixture. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight and then quenched with water. After extraction with ethyl acetate, the benzoyl hydrazide compound (20) can be obtained by silica gel column chromatography.
6.吲唑类化合物(23)的合成:6. Synthesis of carbazole compound (23):
将取代的氟苯甲腈(21,1eq.),水合肼(4eq.)和适量溶剂正丁醇加入圆底烧瓶。反应加热至100℃过夜。反应结束后浓缩过滤,得到中间体22,直接用于下一步。中间体22(1eq.)溶解于适量四氢呋喃溶剂中,醛类化合物(5eq.),钯碳(0.04eq.),分别加入反应中,以氢气球提供氢气,室温反应过夜,TLC检测反应。反应结束后过滤除去钯碳,溶液拌硅胶后使用硅胶柱层析的方法分离,得到目标吲唑类化合物。Substituted fluorobenzonitrile (21, 1 eq.), hydrazine hydrate (4 eq.) and an appropriate amount of solvent n-butanol were placed in a round bottom flask. The reaction was heated to 100 ° C overnight. After completion of the reaction, it was concentrated and filtered to give Intermediate 22, which was used directly to the next step. The intermediate 22 (1 eq.) was dissolved in an appropriate amount of tetrahydrofuran solvent, an aldehyde compound (5 eq.), palladium carbon (0.04 eq.), and then added to the reaction, hydrogen gas was supplied as a hydrogen balloon, and reacted at room temperature overnight, and the reaction was detected by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the palladium carbon was removed by filtration, and the solution was mixed with silica gel and then separated by silica gel column chromatography to obtain the target carbazole compound.
7.三唑类(26)化合物的合成:7. Synthesis of triazole (26) compounds:
取代的水杨酰胺(24,1eq.)溶于丙酮中,再加入三乙胺(Et3N,1.2eq.),乙酸酐(1.1eq),加热回流四个小时。TLC检测反应结束后,使用旋转蒸发仪去除溶剂,粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化,得到中间体26。将HClO4(70%,1eq.)滴入乙酸酐(3eq.)中,并将混合液滴入中间体25(1eq.)的乙酸溶液中,95℃加热反应液1.5h,溶液变为茶红色,再加入水合肼(2eq.),把温度降至80℃,搅拌半小时。反应冷却至室温后,用乙酸乙酯稀释,用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液洗去酸液,有机相用无水硫酸镁干燥,使用旋转蒸发仪去除溶剂后硅胶柱层析纯化得到目标三唑类化合物26。The substituted salicylamide (24, 1 eq.) was dissolved in acetone, and then triethylamine (Et 3 N, 1.2 eq.), acetic anhydride (1.1 eq), and heated to reflux for four hours. After the TLC detection reaction was completed, the solvent was removed using a rotary evaporator, and the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford Intermediate 26. HClO 4 (70%, 1 eq.) was added dropwise to acetic anhydride (3 eq.), and the mixture was dropped into an acetic acid solution of Intermediate 25 (1 eq.), and the reaction liquid was heated at 95 ° C for 1.5 h, and the solution became tea. Red, add hydrazine hydrate (2 eq.), reduce the temperature to 80 ° C, and stir for half an hour. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was diluted with ethyl acetate. The acid was washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain the target triazole compound. 26.
8.4-位甲酰酯咪唑类化合物(29)的合成: Synthesis of 8.4-position formyl ester imidazole compound (29):
将盐酸羟胺(4eq.)和碳酸钠(2eq.)的水溶液加入到取代的羟基苯甲腈(27,1eq.)的乙醇溶液中,回流10小时。反应结束后用旋转蒸发仪去除乙醇,用乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体28。将丙炔酸乙酯(2eq.)滴入中间体28(1eq.)的乙醇溶液中,加热回流10小时,用旋转蒸发仪去除乙醇后再加入二苯醚190℃加热三小时。反应停止后,降至室温,将整个反应液倾入较大硅胶柱,使用石油醚冲洗,去除二苯醚后,使用乙酸乙酯冲出其余组分。合并组分,拌硅胶粉后,使用较小的硅胶柱层析分离纯化,得到目标产物咪唑类化合物29。An aqueous solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4 eq.) and sodium carbonate (2 eq.) was added to a solution of the substituted hydroxybenzonitrile (27, 1 eq.) in ethanol and refluxed for 10 hours. After completion of the reaction, the ethanol was removed by a rotary evaporator, extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Ethyl propiolate (2 eq.) was added dropwise to a solution of the intermediate 28 (1 eq.) in ethanol, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 10 hours, and then ethanol was removed by a rotary evaporator, followed by heating at 190 ° C for three hours. After the reaction was stopped, the temperature was lowered to room temperature, and the whole reaction liquid was poured into a larger silica gel column, washed with petroleum ether, and after removing the diphenyl ether, the remaining components were washed out with ethyl acetate. The components were combined, and the silica gel powder was mixed and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain the target product imidazole compound 29.
9. 4-位甲酰酯咪唑类化合物(30)的合成:9. Synthesis of 4-position formyl ester imidazole compound (30):
将4-位甲酰酯咪唑类化合物29(1eq.)溶于四氢呋喃和水的混合溶剂中,再滴入40%甲胺水溶液(20eq.),60℃加热反应4h。反应结束后,使用旋转蒸发仪减压去除四氢呋喃,剩余水相用乙酸乙酯萃取。合并后的有机相,使用无水硫酸钠干燥。干燥剂被滤除后,有机相拌硅胶,通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到4-位甲酰酯咪唑类化合物30。The 4-position of the formyl ester imidazole compound 29 (1 eq.) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran and water, and then a 40% aqueous solution of methylamine (20 eq.) was added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was heated at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, tetrahydrofuran was removed under reduced pressure using a rotary evaporator, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the desiccant was filtered off, the organic phase was mixed with silica gel, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give the title compound.
10.喹唑啉二酮类(35)的合成:10. Synthesis of quinazolinediones (35):
将化合物32(1eq.)加入化合物31(1eq.)的二氯甲烷溶液,并加入N,N'-羰基二咪唑(CDI,1.3eq.)和N,N-二异丙基乙胺(DIPEA,2eq.),室温下反应6h,旋转蒸发仪除去二氯甲烷,通过硅胶柱色谱分离得到中间体33。中间体33(1eq.)的二氯甲烷溶液中加入三光气(0.4eq.),回流12h,得到中间体34。在反应体系中,直接加入三溴化硼(3eq.)反应,得到喹唑啉二酮类化合物35。Compound 32 (1 eq.) was added to a solution of compound 31 (1 eq.) in dichloromethane, and N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI, 1.3 eq.) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) , 2 eq.), reacted at room temperature for 6 h, and the dichloromethane was removed by a rotary evaporator. To a solution of the intermediate 33 (1 eq.) in dichloromethane (3 EtOAc). In the reaction system, boron tribromide (3 eq.) was directly added to give a quinazolinedione compound 35.
11.吡唑并喹啉类化合物(KQ76,KQ77)的合成:11. Synthesis of pyrazoloquinoline compounds (KQ76, KQ77):
化合物36(1eq.)溶于丙酮中,加入KOH(4eq.),在搅拌下加入硫酸二甲酯(1.5eq.),反应液搅拌1小时,再加入1ml水,搅拌1.5h。反应结束后用乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸镁干燥后,用硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体37。中间体37(1eq.)溶于冰醋酸中,再将丙烯酸(2eq.)滴入,搅拌下加入98%硫酸(0.1eq.),80℃加热5h。反应结束后,饱和碳酸氢钠溶液中和,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体38。中间体38(1mmol)溶解于6ml Eaton’s试剂,将反应液加热到65℃过夜。反应结束后用氢氧化钠溶液中和,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体39。化合物39(1eq.)溶于无水二氯甲烷中,将反应瓶用氩气置换,-78℃加入BBr3(5eq.),逐渐升温到室温,反应5h后,用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液淬灭并中和,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体40。化合物40(1eq.)溶解于丙酮中,加入Cs2CO3(6eq.),严格将反应瓶用氮气保护,冰浴下加入氯甲基甲醚(3eq.),将温度升到10℃,反应2h。反应结束后用2N盐酸中和反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相干燥后硅胶柱层析纯化,得到中间体41。化合物41溶解于无水四氢 呋喃中,-40℃加入LDA(2eq.),半小时后再加入丁酰氯(1.1eq.),将反应升到室温,反应0.5h,加入水淬灭反应,减压旋走四氢呋喃,用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相干燥后加压旋走溶剂,粗品用乙醇溶解,再加入水合肼(3eq.),60℃反应2h。反应结束后通过硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体42。化合物42(1eq.)加入到三氟乙酸中,室温搅拌1h,反应结束后,减压旋干溶剂,将粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化得到目标产物43。将化合物43溶解于干燥四氢呋喃中,加入硼氢化钠(5eq.),室温搅拌3h,反应结束后,加入水淬灭反应,减压旋走四氢呋喃,用乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸镁干燥后硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物KQ77。Compound 36 (1 eq.) was dissolved in acetone, KOH (4 eq.) was added, and dimethyl sulfate (1.5 eq.) was added with stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, then 1 ml of water was added and stirred for 1.5 h. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Intermediate 37 (1 eq.) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid, and then EtOAc (2 eq.) was added dropwise, and 98% sulfuric acid (0.1 eq.) was added with stirring, and heated at 80 ° C for 5 h. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was neutralized with aq. sodium hydrogen sulfate, and ethyl acetate was evaporated. Intermediate 38 (1 mmol) was dissolved in 6 mL of Eaton's reagent and the reaction was heated to 65 °C overnight. After completion of the reaction, it was neutralized with a sodium hydroxide solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. Compound 39 (1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane, the reaction flask was replaced with argon, BBr 3 (5 eq.) was added at -78 ° C, gradually warmed to room temperature, and after 5 h of reaction, it was quenched with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The mixture was neutralized, neutralized with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was dried. Compound 40 (1 eq.) was dissolved in acetone, Cs 2 CO 3 (6 eq.) was added, the reaction flask was strictly protected with nitrogen, and chloromethyl methyl ether (3 eq.) was added under ice bath, and the temperature was raised to 10 ° C. Reaction 2h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction was neutralized with 2N hydrochloric acid, and ethyl acetate was evaporated. Compound 41 was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, and LDA (2 eq.) was added at -40 ° C. After half an hour, butyryl chloride (1.1 eq.) was added, the reaction was allowed to rise to room temperature, and the reaction was carried out for 0.5 h. The tetrahydrofuran was spun off, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was dried, then the solvent was evaporated, and the crude was dissolved in ethanol, and then hydrazine hydrate (3 eq.) was added and reacted at 60 ° C for 2 h. After completion of the reaction, it was purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford Intermediate 42. Compound 42 (1 eq.) was added to trifluoroacetic acid, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The compound 43 was dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran, and sodium borohydride (5 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water. Purification by silica gel column chromatography gave Compound KQ77.
12.吡唑并喹啉酮类化合物(KQ78)的合成:12. Synthesis of pyrazoloquinolinone compounds (KQ78):
化合物45(1eq.)放置于密封管中,加入三氟乙酸,再加入乌洛托品(1.1eq.),将密封管用氩气置换后,加热至100℃,反应24h后,冷却反应液至室温。将等体积4N盐酸加入反应液中,搅拌1h。反应结束后旋干溶剂,加入适量蒸馏水,用二氯甲烷萃取。粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物46。将DBU(2eq.),碘甲烷(3eq.)加入到化合物46(1eq.)的丙酮溶液中,室温搅拌过夜。反应结束后,减压旋干溶剂,将粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物47。将化合物47溶解于丙酮中,加入亚氯酸钠(5eq.)的饱和溶液,再加入2N盐酸(8eq.),反应过夜。反应结束后,减压旋干溶剂,再用乙酸乙酯萃取,粗品干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物48。将化合物48溶解于干燥二氯甲烷中,滴入两滴DMF,再加入草酰氯(2eq.),室温搅拌2h,反应结束后旋干溶剂待用。将化合物49(1.2eq.)溶解干燥THF中,加入NaH(1.5eq.),室温搅拌0.5h。再将化合物48的反应产物用干燥THF溶解,滴入化合物49的反应液中,室温搅拌1h。反应结束后加入少量水淬灭反应,旋干溶剂后,粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物50。 将化合物50溶解于乙醇中,加入水合肼(2eq.),60℃搅拌2h,反应结束后,旋干溶剂,粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物51。将化合物51(1eq.)溶解于乙二醇二甲醚中,加入还原铁粉(10eq.),加入0.1N盐酸(10eq.),加热至82℃,反应5h,反应结束后旋干溶剂,粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物52。将化合物52溶解于乙醇中,再加入等体积2N盐酸,40℃加热搅拌5h,得到白色浑浊液体,过滤得到白色固体,用少量乙酸乙酯冲洗,得到化合物53。将化合物53溶解于无水二氯甲烷中,-30℃加入BBr3(10eq.),再将温度甚至40℃,反应3天,反应结束后,直接减压旋走溶剂以及BBr3。将粗品用乙酸乙酯溶解,水洗一次,无水硫酸镁干燥,减压旋干溶剂后硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物54。Compound 45 (1 eq.) was placed in a sealed tube, trifluoroacetic acid was added, and then urotropine (1.1 eq.) was added. After the sealed tube was replaced with argon gas, the mixture was heated to 100 ° C, and after reacting for 24 hours, the reaction solution was cooled. Room temperature. An equal volume of 4N hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 1 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated, and an appropriate amount of distilled water was added and extracted with dichloromethane. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography. DBU (2 eq.), iodomethane (3 eq.) was added to a solution of compound 46 (1 eq.) in acetone and stirred at room temperature overnight. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated to dryness crystall Compound 47 was dissolved in acetone, a saturated solution of sodium chlorite (5 eq.) was added, and then 2N hydrochloric acid (8 eq. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated to dryness crystall Compound 48 was dissolved in dry dichloromethane, and two drops of DMF were added dropwise, then oxalyl chloride (2 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Compound 49 (1.2 eq.) was dissolved in dry THF. The reaction product of the compound 48 was dissolved in dry THF, and the mixture was poured into the reaction mixture of Compound 49 and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, a small amount of water was added to quench the reaction. After the solvent was evaporated, the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography. Compound 50 was dissolved in ethanol, and hydrazine hydrate (2 eq.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 2 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated to dryness. Compound 51 (1 eq.) was dissolved in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, reduced iron powder (10 eq.) was added, 0.1 N hydrochloric acid (10 eq.) was added, and the mixture was heated to 82 ° C for 5 h. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was dried. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography. Compound 52 was dissolved in ethanol, and an equal volume of 2N-hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred and stirred at 40 ° C for 5h to give a white turbid liquid, which was filtered to give a white solid. Compound 53 was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane, BBr 3 (10 eq.) was added at -30 ° C, and the reaction was carried out for 3 days at a temperature of even 40 ° C. After the reaction was completed, the solvent and BBr 3 were directly removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
13.环丙烷取代的吡唑并喹啉类化合物(KQ79)的合成:13. Synthesis of cyclopropane-substituted pyrazoloquinoline compound (KQ79):
化合物53(1eq.)溶解于干燥N,N-二甲基甲酰胺中,加入NaH(60%油分散,3eq.),室温搅拌0.5h,再加入溴化苄(4eq.),加热反应4h。反应结束后,加入乙酸乙酯,用水洗反应液三次,有机相用无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物55。将Ti(OiPr)4(1eq.)溶解于无水四氢呋喃中,将反应瓶用氩气置换空气,-78℃加入EtMgBr(3M in THF,3eq.),搅拌2min后,再慢慢滴入化合物55(1eq.)的四氢呋喃溶液,加完后将反应提到室温,搅拌5h。反应结束后加入饱和氯化铵溶液,搅拌10min,再用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化,得到化合物56。将化合物56(1eq.)溶解于甲醇中,加入Pd/C(0.1eq.),反应瓶用氢气置换,并在反应瓶上插一氢气气球,室温反应3h,反应结束后过滤反应液除去Pd/C,得到化合物57。将化合物57(1eq.)溶解于干燥二氯甲烷中,-78℃加入BBr3(6eq.),将反应升至室温,搅拌24h,反应结束后,减压旋走溶剂,将粗品用乙酸乙酯溶解,碳酸氢钠溶液洗一次,饱和氯化钠溶液洗一次,无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物KQ79。 Compound 53 (1 eq.) was dissolved in dry N,N-dimethylformamide, NaH (60% oil dispersion, 3 eq.) was added, stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then benzyl bromide (4 eq.) was added and the reaction was heated for 4 h. . After completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added, and the reaction mixture was washed three times with water. Ti(OiPr) 4 (1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, the reaction flask was replaced with argon gas, and EtMgBr (3M in THF, 3 eq.) was added at -78 ° C. After stirring for 2 min, the compound was slowly added dropwise. A solution of 55 (1 eq.) in tetrahydrofuran was added and the reaction was taken to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. After completion of the reaction, a saturated ammonium chloride solution was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. Compound 56 (1 eq.) was dissolved in methanol, Pd/C (0.1 eq.) was added, the reaction flask was replaced with hydrogen, and a hydrogen balloon was inserted into the reaction flask, and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was filtered to remove Pd. /C, compound 57 was obtained. Compound 57 (1 eq.) was dissolved in dry dichloromethane, BBr 3 (6 eq.) was added at -78 ° C, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 24 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure The ester was dissolved, washed once with sodium bicarbonate solution, once with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford compound KQ79.
14.二甲基取代的吡唑并喹啉类化合物(KQ80)的合成:14. Synthesis of dimethyl substituted pyrazoloquinoline compounds (KQ80):
将化合物51(1eq.)溶解于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺中,加入碳酸铯(1eq.),对甲苯磺酰氯(2eq.),室温下搅拌5h,反应结束后用乙酸乙酯稀释,水洗三次,有机相无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物59。将化合物59溶解于乙二醇二甲醚中,加入还原铁粉(10eq.),0.1N盐酸(6eq.),室温搅拌15h。反应结束后减压旋走溶剂,用乙酸乙酯萃取产物,粗品用硅胶柱层析纯化后得到化合物60。化合物60溶解于无水N,N-二甲基甲酰胺中,加入NaH(1.5eq.),室温搅拌15min,再加入溴化苄(2eq.),室温反应5h,反应结束后加入乙酸乙酯稀释,水洗三次,有机相无水硫酸干燥后硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物61。将化合物溶解于无水二氯甲烷中,再加入DTBMP(1eq.),-78℃加入三氟甲磺酸酐(1eq),将反应升至室温,搅拌1h,再次将反应降温至-78℃,加入甲基格氏试剂(3eq.),搅拌10min后将反应升温至室温搅拌5h,反应结束后加入乙酸乙酯,水洗一次,盐水洗一次,有机相无水硫酸镁干燥后,硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物62。将化合物62(1eq.)溶解于甲醇中,加入Pd/C(0.1eq.),在氢气环境下还原脱掉苄基保护基。反应结束后直接过滤除掉Pd/C。将在滤液中加入6N盐酸(10eq.),加热至50℃,搅拌5h后,将反应降至室温,减压旋走有机溶剂,用乙酸乙酯萃取产物,有机相干燥后硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物63。将化合物63(1eq.)溶解于无水二氯甲烷中,-78℃加入BBr3(10eq.),然后将反应升温至室温,反应24h,反应结束后,减压旋走溶剂,粗品用乙酸乙酯溶解后,水洗一次,盐水洗一次,有机相干燥后硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物KQ80。Compound 51 (1 eq.) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide, cesium carbonate (1 eq.), p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2 eq.), and stirred at room temperature for 5 h. After washing three times with water, the organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and purified by silica gel column chromatography. Compound 59 was dissolved in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, reduced iron powder (10 eq.), 0.1N hydrochloric acid (6 eq.), and stirred at room temperature for 15 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Compound 60 was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide, NaH (1.5 eq.) was added, stirred at room temperature for 15 min, then benzyl bromide (2 eq.) was added and reacted at room temperature for 5 h. Dilute, wash three times with water, dry the organic phase with anhydrous sulfuric acid and purify on silica gel column chromatography to afford compound 61. The compound was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane, then DTBMP (1 eq.) was added, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride (1 eq) was added at -78 ° C, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 1 h, and the reaction was again cooled to -78 ° C. After adding methyl Grignard reagent (3 eq.), stirring for 10 min, the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. After completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added, washed once with water, once with brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Purification afforded compound 62. Compound 62 (1 eq.) was dissolved in methanol, Pd/C (0.1 eq.) was added, and the benzyl protecting group was removed by reduction in a hydrogen atmosphere. After the reaction is completed, Pd/C is directly removed by filtration. 6N Hydrochloric acid (10 eq.) was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was heated to 50 ° C. After stirring for 5 h, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, and the organic solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. Compound 63 was obtained. Compound 63 (1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane, BBr 3 (10 eq.) was added at -78 ° C, then the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, and reacted for 24 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. After the ethyl ester is dissolved, it is washed once with water, once with brine, and the organic phase is dried and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give compound KQ80.
15.苯并氮杂卓并吡唑类化合物(KQ81)的合成: 15. Synthesis of benzazepine pyrazole pyrazoles (KQ81):
将化合物65经过Pd/C还原得到中间体66。中间体66(1eq.)溶解于四氢呋喃溶液,在冰浴下向上述溶液慢慢滴加三氟乙酸酐(1eq.),反应1h,之后二氯甲烷萃取,得到的有机相经过旋转蒸发仪除去溶解,最后得到中间体67,直接用于下步反应。将化合物68(3eq.)慢慢滴加于中间体67(1eq.)和碳酸钾(5eq.)的N,N-二甲基甲酰胺溶液,反应回流12h。反应停止后降温,经过乙酸乙酯萃取,将得到的有机相浓缩,通过硅胶柱色谱分离得到中间体69。中间体69(1eq.)加到三氯化铁(5%)的乙腈溶液,回流8h,除去溶剂,得到中间体70,直接用于下一步反应。中间体70(1eq.)加入对甲苯磺酰肼(1.1eq.)的甲醇溶液,室温反应过夜,除去溶剂,接着加入NaOH(2eq.)的水溶液,在95℃下,反应12h。冷至室温后,使用2N的盐酸调pH至4~5,用乙醚萃取,有机相合并,硅胶柱色谱分离得到中间体71,中间体71溶解于二氯甲烷,-78℃加入BBr3(10eq.),然后将反应升温至室温,反应24h,反应结束后,减压旋走溶剂,粗品用乙酸乙酯溶解后,水洗一次,盐水洗一次,有机相干燥后硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物KQ81。Compound 65 is reduced by Pd/C to give intermediate 66. The intermediate 66 (1 eq.) was dissolved in a tetrahydrofuran solution, and trifluoroacetic anhydride (1 eq.) was slowly added dropwise to the above solution in an ice bath, and reacted for 1 hour, followed by dichloromethane extraction, and the obtained organic phase was removed by a rotary evaporator. Dissolved, finally obtained intermediate 67, which was used directly in the next step. Compound 68 (3 eq.) was slowly added dropwise to a solution of intermediate 67 (1 eq.) and potassium carbonate (5 eq.) in N,N-dimethylformamide. After the reaction was stopped, the temperature was lowered, and the obtained organic phase was concentrated by ethyl acetate. Intermediate 69 (1 eq.) was added to a solution of ferric chloride (5%) in acetonitrile and refluxed for 8 h to remove solvent to afford intermediate 70 which was used directly in the next step. Intermediate 70 (1 eq.) was added to a solution of p-toluenesulfonylhydrazide (1.1 eq.) in methanol, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then solvent was evaporated, then NaOH (2 eq.) aqueous solution was added and reacted at 95 ° C for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature, the pH was adjusted to 4 to 5 with 2N hydrochloric acid, extracted with diethyl ether, and the organic phase was combined, and then purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford intermediate 71, intermediate 71 was dissolved in dichloromethane, and BBr 3 was added at -78 ° C (10 eq .), then the reaction was warmed to room temperature, the reaction was carried out for 24 h. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed once with water, and once with brine. .
本领域技术人员可以根据所期望合成的化合物的结构,按照前面所述的合成路线有效地进行制备相应的化合物。One skilled in the art can efficiently prepare the corresponding compound according to the structure of the compound to be synthesized, according to the synthetic route described above.
合成实施例Synthesis example
在本实施例中,发明人按照前面所描述的一般合成方法,制备了表1中所列出的化合物,相应的合成方法总结在表1中,各化合物的合成鉴定结果如下: In the present example, the inventors prepared the compounds listed in Table 1 according to the general synthetic methods described above, and the corresponding synthetic methods are summarized in Table 1. The synthetic identification results of the respective compounds are as follows:
KQ1:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ8.03(br s,1H),7.86(m,1H),7.53(m,1H),7.19(m,1H),6.95(m,1H),5.35(s,1H),3.28(q,2H,J=7.2Hz),1.04(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ1: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 - DMSO, ppm) δ 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 5.35 (s, 1H), 3.28 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.04 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ2:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ8.05(br s,1H),7.92(m,1H),7.59(m,1H),7.19(m,1H),7.17(m,1H),3.83(s,3H),3.26(q,2H,J=7.2Hz),1.02(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ2: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 - DMSO, ppm) δ 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.92 (m, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.26 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.02 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ3:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ8.02(br s,1H),7.64(m,1H),7.10(m,1H),6.99(m,1H),6.81(m,1H),6.27(br s,2H),3.23(q,2H,J=7.2Hz),1.07(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ3: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 - DMSO, ppm) δ 8.02 (br s, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.99 (m, 1H), 6.81 (m, 1H), 6.27 (br s, 2H), 3.23 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.07 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ4:1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.11(s,1H),8.16(d,J=2.44Hz,1H),7.33(dd,J=8.79Hz,1H),7.30(br s,1H),6.92(d,J=8.79Hz,1H),2.63(s,3H),2.18(s,3H).KQ4: 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.11 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J = 2.44 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J = 8.79 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (br s , 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.79 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H).
KQ5:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ11.65(s,1H),10.29(br s,1H),7.81(d,1H,J=2.6Hz),7.49(dd,1H,J1=8.8Hz,J2=2.6Hz),2.61(s,3H).KQ5: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) δ 11.65 (s, 1H), 10.29 (br s, 1H), 7.81 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.49 (dd, 1H, J 1 = 8.8 Hz, J 2 = 2.6 Hz), 2.61 (s, 3H).
KQ6:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ8.10(br s,1H),7.09(m,1H),7.06(m,1H),6.89(m,1H),6.83(m,1H),5.35(s,1H),4.47(s,2H),3.29(s,2H),2.51(m,4H),1.68(m,4H).KQ6: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) δ 8.10 (br s, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.89 (m, 1H), 6.83 (m, 1H), 5.35 (s, 1H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.29 (s, 2H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 1.68 (m, 4H).
KQ7:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ8.78(br s,1H),7.19-7.14(m,1H),6.74-6.71(m,1H),3.31-3.11(m,2H),2.76-2.73(m,2H).KQ7: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) δ 8.78 (br s, 1H), 7.19-7.14 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.71 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.11 (m, 2H) ), 2.76-2.73 (m, 2H).
KQ8:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ7.55(d,1H,J=8.0Hz),7.36-7.28(m,2H),7.03(d,1H,J=7.5Hz),3.50(q,2H,J=7.1Hz),1.34(t,3H,J=7.1Hz).KQ8: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 7.55 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.36-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 3.50 ( q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.34 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz).
KQ9:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ9.37(br s,1H),7.07-7.02(m,1H),6.98-6.93(m,2H),3.52(q,4H,J=7.1Hz),1.28(t,6H,J=7.1Hz).KQ9: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 9.37 (br s, 1H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.93 (m, 2H), 3.52 (q, 4H, J=7.1 Hz), 1.28 (t, 6H, J = 7.1 Hz).
KQ10:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ9.40(br s,1H),7.00-6.94(m,2H),6.90-6.86(m,1H),3.50(q,2H,J=7.0Hz),3.08(s,3H),1.23(t,3H,J=7.0Hz).KQ10: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 9.40 (br s, 1H), 7.00-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.86 (m, 1H), 3.50 (q, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.08 (s, 3H), 1.23 (t, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz).
KQ11:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.64(br s,1H),7.30-7.27(m,1H),6.82-6.80(m,1H),6.62-6.60(m,1H),3.58-3.55(m,2H),3.13(s,3H),3.00-2.97(m,1H).KQ11: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.64 (br s, 1H), 7.30-7.27 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.62-6.60 (m, 1H) , 3.58-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.00-2.97 (m, 1H).
KQ12:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.74(br s,1H),7.30(d,J=8.92Hz,1H),6.77(d,J=8.92Hz,1H),3.57(t,J=6.88Hz,2H),3.12(s,3H),3.05(t,J=6.92Hz,2H).KQ12: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.74 (br s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.92 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.92 Hz, 1H), 3.57 ( t, J = 6.88 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.05 (t, J = 6.92 Hz, 2H).
KQ13:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.76(br s,1H),7.35-7.31(m,1H),6.67-6.64(m,1H),6.57-6.53(m,1H),6.21(br s,1H),3.48(m,2H),1.26(t,1H,J=7.2Hz).KQ13: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.76 (br s, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H), 6.67-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.57-6.53 (m, 1H) , 6.21 (br s, 1H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ14:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ10.79(br s,1H),7.96-7.95(m,1H),7.53-7.51(m,1H),6.89-6.87(m,1H),4.41(m,2H),1.42(t,3H,J=7.1Hz).KQ14: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 10.79 (br s, 1H), 7.96-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.51 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.87 (m, 1H) , 4.41 (m, 2H), 1.42 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz).
KQ15:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.68(br s,1H),7.12(d,1H,J=8.5Hz),6.18(s,1H),6.12(d,1H,J=8.5Hz),5.98(br s,1H),3.97(br s,2H),3.45(m,2H),1.24(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ15: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.68 (br s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.18 (s, 1H), 6.12 (d, 1H, J) = 8.5 Hz), 5.98 (br s, 1H), 3.97 (br s, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ16:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)δ7.61(br s,1H),7.20(d,1H,J=8.28Hz),6.93(d,1H,J=8.28Hz),3.42(q,2H,J=7.2Hz),1.23(t,3H,J=7.2 Hz).KQ16: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) δ 7.61 (br s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H, J = 8.28 Hz), 6.93 (d, 1H, J = 8.28 Hz), 3.42 ( q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.23 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ17:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ12.43(br s,1H),8.81(br s,1H),7.73-7.70(m,1H),7.30-7.25(m,1H),6.93-6.90(m,1H),3.24(t,2H,J=6.4Hz),1.60-1.50(m,2H),0.90(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ17: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) δ 12.43 (br s, 1H), 8.81 (br s, 1H), 7.73-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 1H) , 6.93-6.90 (m, 1H), 3.24 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ18:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.06(br s,1H),7.13-7.08(m,1H),7.06-7.03(m,1H),6.95-6.91(m,1H),6.30(br s,1H),3.47-3.42(m,2H),1.65-1.57(m,2H),1.46-1.1.36(m,2H),0.96(t,3H,J=7.3Hz).KQ18: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.06 (br s, 1H), 7.13-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.91 (m, 1H) , 6.30 (br s, 1H), 3.47-3.42 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.1.36 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz).
KQ19:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.40(br s,1H),7.39-7.35(m,2H),6.98-6.96(m,1H),6.84-6.80(m,1H),6.45(br s,1H),3.43-3.38(m,2H),1.69-1.60(m,2H),0.98(t,3H,J=7.4Hz).KQ19: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.40 (br s, 1H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.80 (m, 1H) , 6.45 (br s, 1H), 3.43 - 3.38 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
KQ20:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.41(br s,1H),7.39-7.34(m,2H),6.98-6.96(m,1H),6.84-6.81(m,1H),6.40(br s,1H),3.47-3.3.42(m,2H),1.64-1.57(m,2H),1.45-1.36(m,2H),0.95(t,3H,J=7.3Hz). KQ20: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.41 (br s, 1H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.81 (m, 1H) , 6.40 (br s, 1H), 3.47-3.3.42 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.36 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz).
KQ21:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.37(br s,1H),7.38-7.34(m,2H),6.97-6.95(m,1H),6.83-6.80(m,1H),6.52(br s,1H),3.44-3.3.39(m,2H),1.64-1.57(m,2H),1.35-1.34(m,4H),0.90(t,3H,J=7.4Hz).KQ21: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.37 (br s, 1H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 2H), 6.97-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.83-6.80 (m, 1H) , 6.52 (br s, 1H), 3.44 - 3.3.39 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.34 (m, 4H), 0.90 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
KQ22:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ8.07(s,1H),7.86(br s,1H),7.57-7.55(d,1H,J=8.4Hz),6.96-6.94(d,1H,J=8.5Hz),3.48(m,2H),1.28(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ22: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.86 (br s, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (d, 1H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.96-6.94 (d , 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 3.48 (m, 2H), 1.28 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ23:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.70(br s,1H),7.23-7.21(d,1H,J=8.7Hz),6.40(s,1H),6.35-6.33(d,1H,J=8.8Hz),6.06(br s,1H),3.50-3.44(m,2H),1.25(t,3H,J=7.8Hz).KQ23: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.70 (br s, 1H), 7.23 - 7.21 (d, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.35-6.33 (d , 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.06 (br s, 1H), 3.50 - 3.44 (m, 2H), 1.25 (t, 3H, J = 7.8 Hz).
KQ24:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ7.87(br s,1H),7.37(d,1H,J=8.24Hz),7.03(d,1H,J=8.24Hz),3.37-3.31(m,2H),1.65-1.60(m,2H),0.95(t,3H,J=7.32Hz).KQ24: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H, J = 8.24 Hz), 7.03 (d, 1H, J = 8.24 Hz), 3.37- 3.31 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J = 7.32 Hz).
KQ25:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ9.06(br s,1H),7.46(t,1H,J=7.6Hz),6.93(dd,1H,J1=8.0Hz,J2=0.4Hz),6.74(t,1H,J=7.6Hz),3.12-3.09(m,2H),2.72-2.70(m,2H).KQ25: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 9.06 (br s, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H, J = 7.6 Hz), 6.93 (dd, 1H, J 1 = 8.0 Hz, J 2 =0.4 Hz), 6.74 (t, 1H, J = 7.6 Hz), 3.12-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.70 (m, 2H).
KQ26:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ7.16(m,1H),6.78(m,1H),6.70(m,1H),5.64(m,1H),5.35(br s,1H),3.65(s,1H),2.74(m,2H),2.64(m,2H),2.26(s,3H).KQ26: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 7.16 (m, 1H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 5.64 (m, 1H), 5.35 (br s, 1H) ), 3.65 (s, 1H), 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H).
KQ27:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ9.97(s,1H),8.34(t,1H,J=5.6Hz),7.21(dd,1H,J1=J2=9.2Hz),6.80(dd,1H,J1=4.0Hz,J2=9.2Hz),3.21(dq,2H,J1=5.6Hz,J2=7.2Hz),1.08(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ27: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 - DMSO, ppm) δ 9.97 (s, 1H), 8.34 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.21. (dd, 1H, J 1 = J 2 = 9.2 Hz ), 6.80 (dd, 1H, J 1 = 4.0 Hz, J 2 = 9.2 Hz), 3.21 (dq, 2H, J 1 = 5.6 Hz, J 2 = 7.2 Hz), 1.08 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz) ).
KQ28:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ12.47(br s,1H),7.19-7.14(m,1H),6.79-6.75(m,1H),6.13(br s,1H),3.52-3.45(m,2H),1.27(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ28: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 12.47 (br s, 1H), 7.19-7.14 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.75 (m, 1H), 6.13 (br s, 1H), 3.52-3.45 (m, 2H), 1.27 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ29:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ9.40(s,1H),8.15(t,1H,J=5.2Hz),6.94(dd,1H,J1=J2=9.2Hz),6.65(dd,1H,J1=4.4Hz,J2=8.8Hz),3.24-3.17(m,2H),2.05(d,3H,J=2.0Hz),1.08(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ29: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) δ 9.40 (s, 1H), 8.15 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 6.94 (dd, 1H, J 1 = J 2 = 9.2 Hz ), 6.65 (dd, 1H, J 1 = 4.4 Hz, J 2 = 8.8 Hz), 3.24 - 3.17 (m, 2H), 2.05 (d, 3H, J = 2.0 Hz), 1.08 (t, 3H, J = 7.2Hz).
KQ30:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.44(s,1H),7.14(d,1H,J=8.1Hz),6.63(d,1H,J=11.0Hz),6.12(s,1H),3.52-3.45(m,2H),2.20(s,3H),1.27(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ30: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.44 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.63 (d, 1H, J = 11.0 Hz), 6.12 (s, 1H), 3.52-3.45 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ31:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.46(s,1H),6.98(d,1H,J=11.6Hz),6.27(d,1H,J=7.9Hz),6.04(s,1H),3.48-3.41(m,2H),1.24(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ31: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.46 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H, J = 11.6 Hz), 6.27 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 6.04 (s, 1H), 3.48-3.41 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ32:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ8.24(br s),8.08(m,1H),7.59(m,1H),7.52-7.41(m,5H),5.35(br s,1H),3.42(t,J=7.2Hz,2H),1.64(m,2H),0.90(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). KQ32: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ8.24 (br s), 8.08 (m, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.41 (m, 5H), 5.35 (br s, 1H ), 3.42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
KQ33:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ7.41(d,2H,J=8.32Hz),7.33-7.29(m,3H),6.96(d,1H,J=8.32Hz),6.98(d,1H,J=7.48Hz),5.28(br s,1H),3.07(q,2H,J=6.84Hz),1.17(m,3H),0.65(t,3H,J=7.4Hz).KQ33: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 7.41 (d, 2H, J = 8.32 Hz), 7.33 - 7.29 (m, 3H), 6.96 (d, 1H, J = 8.32 Hz), 6.98 ( d, 1H, J = 7.48 Hz), 5.28 (br s, 1H), 3.07 (q, 2H, J = 6.84 Hz), 1.17 (m, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
KQ34:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ7.90(s,1H),7.82(s,1H),7.57-7.50(m,2H),7.28(m,1H),6.54(br s,1H),3.48(q,2H,J=6.68Hz),1.71(m,2H),1.04(t,3H,J=7.4Hz). KQ34: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ7.90 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.57-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 6.54 (br s, 1H), 3.48 (q, 2H, J = 6.68 Hz), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.04 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
KQ35: 1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ11.5(s,1H),8.62(s,1H),8.17(s,1H),7.77-7.53(m,2H),7.44(m,1H),5.35(br s,1H).KQ35: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 - DMSO, ppm) δ 11.5 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m) , 1H), 5.35 (br s, 1H).
KQ36:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ7.98-7.91(m,2H),7.77(m,1H),7.75-7.58(m,2H),7.48-7.34(m,3H),6.57(br s,1H),3.50(q,2H,J=6.64Hz),1.75-1.71(m,2H),1.05(t,3H,J=6.64Hz).KQ36: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 7.98-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.34 (m, 3H), 6.57 (br s,1H), 3.50 (q, 2H, J = 6.64 Hz), 1.75-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.05 (t, 3H, J = 6.64 Hz).
KQ37:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)δ8.48(d,0.2H,J=2.2Hz),8.46(d,1H,J=2.2Hz),8.29-8.21(m,1H),7.67-7.65(m,0.2H),7.38-7.35(m,1H),6.58-6.55(m,0.2H),3.39-3.35(m,0.4H),3.32-3.26(m,2H),1.68-1.62(m,2H),1.59-1.46(m,2H),0.99(t,0.6H,J=7.4Hz),0.87(t,3H,J=7.4Hz).KQ37: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) δ 8.48 (d, 0.2H, J = 2.2 Hz), 8.46 (d, 1H, J = 2.2 Hz), 8.29 - 8.21 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.65 (m, 0.2H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 6.58-6.55 (m, 0.2H), 3.39-3.35 (m, 0.4H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 2H), 1.68- 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.46 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, 0.6H, J = 7.4 Hz), 0.87 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
KQ38:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)δ8.84(s,1H),8.26(m,1H),8.03(br s,1H),6.66(m,1H),5.35(br s,1H),3.04(q,2H,J=7.4Hz),1.04(t,3H,J=7.4Hz).KQ38: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) δ 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.26 (m, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 6.66 (m, 1H), 5.35 (br s, 1H), 3.04 (q, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.04 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
KQ39:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)δ8.76(s,1H),8.04(m,1H),8.03(br s,1H),8.02(s,1H),5.35(m,1H),3.04(q,2H,J=7.4Hz),1.04(t,3H,J=7.4Hz). KQ39: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) δ8.76 (s, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 5.35 (m, 1H ), 3.04 (q, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.04 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
KQ40:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ10.54(br s,1H),8.55(s,1H),7.54(d,1H,J=6.1Hz),7.12(s,1H),6.60(d,1H,J=7.3Hz),3.40(dd,2H,J=12.9,6.8Hz),1.65(dq,2H,J=14.5,7.3Hz),1.00(t,3H,J=7.4Hz). KQ40: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ10.54 (br s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H, J = 6.1Hz), 7.12 (s, 1H), 6.60 (d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.40 (dd, 2H, J = 12.9, 6.8 Hz), 1.65 (dq, 2H, J = 14.5, 7.3 Hz), 1.00 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz) .
KQ41:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ8.46(s,1H),8.15(d,1H,J=5.2Hz),7.18(d,1H,J=5.2Hz),6.58(br s,1H),3.52(dt,2H,J=14.2,7.2Hz),1.29(t,3H,J=7.3Hz).KQ41: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 7.18 (d, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 6.58 (br s , 1H), 3.52 (dt, 2H, J = 14.2, 7.2 Hz), 1.29 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz).
KQ42:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)δ11.77(br s,1H),10.76(br s,1H),8.01(s,1H),5.60(s,1H),4.25(q,2H,J=7.08Hz),1.28(t,3H,J=7.12Hz). KQ42: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) δ11.77 (br s, 1H), 10.76 (br s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 5.60 (s, 1H), 4.25 (q, 2H, J = 7.08Hz), 1.28 (t, 3H, J = 7.12Hz).
KQ43:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.02(br s,1H),7.13-7.07(m,2H),6.94-6.90(m,1H),6.74(br s,1H),3.65-3.61(m,2H),3.58-3.55(m,1H),3.40(s,3H).KQ43: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.02 (br s, 1H), 7.13-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.74 (br s, 1H), 3.65 -3.61 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H).
KQ44:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.05(br s,1H),7.16-7.14(m,1H),7.10-7.05(m,1H),6.92-6.88(m.1H),6.73(br s,1H),3.24(t,2H,J=6.5Hz),1.94-1.84(m,1H),3.40(d,6H,J=6.6Hz). KQ44: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ12.05 (br s, 1H), 7.16-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.88 (m.1H), 6.73 (br s, 1H), 3.24 (t, 2H, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.94-1.84 (m, 1H), 3.40 (d, 6H, J = 6.6 Hz).
KQ45:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.11(br s,1H),7.17-7.11(m,2H),7.00-6.98(m,1H),6.34(br s,1H),3.36-3.33(m,2H),1.10(m,1H),0.65-0.63(m,2H),0.35-0.34(m,2H).KQ45: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.11 (br s, 1H), 7.17-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.00-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.34 (br s, 1H), 3.36 -3.33 (m, 2H), 1.10 (m, 1H), 0.65-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.34 (m, 2H).
KQ46:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.07(br s,1H),7.14-7.09(m,1H),7.05-7.02(m,1H),6.95-6.92(m.1H),6.30(br s,1H),3.38(t,2H,J=7.1Hz),2.20-2.12(m,1H),1.85-1.56(m,8H). KQ46: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ12.07 (br s, 1H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.05-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.92 (m.1H), 6.30(br s,1H), 3.38(t,2H,J=7.1Hz), 2.20-2.12(m,1H),1.85-1.56(m,8H).
KQ47:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.08(br s,1H),7.12-7.07(m,2H),6.94-6.90(m,1H),6.48(br s,1H),3.27(t,2H,J=6.4Hz),1.80-1.55(m,6H),1.28-1.14(m,2H),1.01-0.96(m,2H).KQ47: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.08 (br s, 1H), 7.12-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.48 (br s, 1H), 3.27 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.80 - 1.55 (m, 6H), 1.28 - 1.14 (m, 2H), 1.01 - 0.96 (m, 2H).
KQ48:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.09(br s,1H),7.14-7.09(m,1H),6.96-6.92(m,2H),6.20(br s,1H),3.53-3.48(m,2H),2.28-2.24(m,2H),1.68-1.62(m,4H),1.61-1.55(m,4H).KQ48: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.09 (br s, 1H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.20 (br s, 1H), 3.53 -3.48 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.61-1.55 (m, 4H).
KQ49:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.09(br s,1H),7.14-7.09(m,1H),7.03-7.00(m,1H),6.95-6.92(m.1H),6.17(br s,1H),3.49-3.44(m,2H),1.76-1.65(m,4H),1.60-1.49(m,2H),1.39-1.30(m,1H),1.29-1.14(m,4H),1.00-0.91(m,2H). KQ49: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ12.09 (br s, 1H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.92 (m.1H), 6.17(br s,1H), 3.49-3.44(m,2H),1.76-1.65(m,4H),1.60-1.49(m,2H), 1.39-1.30(m,1H), 1.29-1.14(m, 4H), 1.00-0.91 (m, 2H).
KQ50:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ11.65(br s,1H),7.14-7.09(m,1H),7.07-7.05(m,1H),6.95-6.91(m,1H),3.75(t,4H,J=4.1Hz),3.55-3.51(m,2H),2.62(t,4H,J=5.8Hz),2.52(t,4H,J=4.2Hz). KQ50: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ11.65 (br s, 1H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.91 (m, 1H), 3.75 (t, 4H, J = 4.1 Hz), 3.55-3.51 (m, 2H), 2.62 (t, 4H, J = 5.8 Hz), 2.52 (t, 4H, J = 4.2 Hz).
KQ51:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.01(br s,1H),7.37-7.29(m,2H),7.27-7.22(m,3H),7.14-7.09(m,1H),6.95-6.92(m,1H),6.88-6.85(m,1H),6.20(br s,1H),3.72-3.69(m,2H),2.96-2.92(m,2H).KQ51: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.01 (br s, 1H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 1H), 6.20 (br s, 1H), 3.72-3.69 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.92 (m, 2H).
KQ52:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3ppm)δ12.05(br s,1H),8.02(d,1H,J=8.1Hz),7.92-7.86(m,2H),7.60-7.45(m,4H),7.13-7.08(m,1H),6.96-6.40(m,2H),6.40(br s,1H),5.7(d,2H,J=5.1Hz).KQ52: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ppm) δ 12.05 (br s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.92-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.45 (m, 4H) ), 7.13-7.08 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.40 (m, 2H), 6.40 (br s, 1H), 5.7 (d, 2H, J = 5.1 Hz).
KQ53:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ8.03(br s,1H),7.44(m,1H),7.33-7.23(m,6H),7.11(m,1H),5.35(br s,1H),4.35(m,2H).KQ53: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.33 - 7.23 (m, 6H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 5.35 (br s , 1H), 4.35 (m, 2H).
KQ54:1H NMR(400M,CDCl3,ppm)δ11.96(s,1H),7.49-7.32(m,5H),7.12(dd,1H,J1=J2=8.0Hz),7.03(d,1H,J=8.6Hz),6.94(dd,1H,J1=9.0Hz,J2=4.7Hz),6.33(s,1H),5.33-5.26(m,1H),1.63(d,1H,J=6.8Hz).KQ54: 1 H NMR (400M, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 11.96 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.12 (dd, 1H, J 1 = J 2 = 8.0 Hz), 7.03 (d) , 1H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.94 (dd, 1H, J 1 = 9.0 Hz, J 2 = 4.7 Hz), 6.33 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.26 (m, 1H), 1.63 (d, 1H, J=6.8Hz).
KQ55:1H NMR(400M,CDCl3,ppm)δ12.01(s,1H),7.27(d,2H,J=8.8Hz),7.12(dd,1H,J1=J2=8.7Hz),7.00(d,1H,J=8.7Hz),6.97-6.93(m,1H),6.90(d,2H,J=7.8Hz),6.38(s,1H),4.56(d,2H,J=5.3Hz),3.81(s,3H).KQ55: 1 H NMR (400M, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 12.01 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.12 (dd, 1H, J 1 = J 2 = 8.7 Hz), 7.00 (d, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.97-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.38 (s, 1H), 4.56 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz) ), 3.81 (s, 3H).
KQ56:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ8.46(m,1H),8.03(br s,1H),7.73(m,1H),7.44(m,1H),7.33-7.23(m,3H),7.11(m,1H),5.35(br s,1H),4.35(m,2H).KQ56: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 8.46 (m, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 5.35 (br s, 1H), 4.35 (m, 2H).
KQ57:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ8.56(m,1H),8.55(m,1H),8.03(br s,1H),7.44(m, 1H),7.35-7.32(m,2H),7.11(m,1H),5.35(br s,1H),4.35(m,2H). KQ57: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ8.56 (m, 1H), 8.55 (m, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 5.35 (br s, 1H), 4.35 (m, 2H).
KQ58:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ11.96(br s,1H),7.22-7.21(m,1H),7.15-7.10(m,1H),7.00-6.89(m,4H),6.33(br s,1H),3.75-3.70(m,2H),3.16(t,2H,J=7.0Hz).KQ58: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 11.96 (br s, 1H), 7.22-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.00-6.89 (m, 4H), 6.33(br s,1H), 3.75-3.70(m,2H), 3.16(t,2H,J=7.0Hz).
KQ59:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)δ7.95(d,1H,J=8.0Hz),7.48-7.44(m,1H),6.98(t,2H,J=8.28Hz),2.46(s,3H).KQ59: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) δ 7.95 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.48-7.44 (m, 1H), 6.98 (t, 2H, J = 8.28 Hz), 2.46 (s, 3H).
KQ60:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ15.04(br s,0.2H),14.67(br s,0.8H),9.03(br s,0.9H),8.67(br s,0.7H),7.83(m,1H),7.28(m,1.8H),7.07(m,0.2H),6.77(m,2H),2.72(m,3H).[互变异构]KQ60: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) δ 15.04 (br s, 0.2H), 14.67 (br s, 0.8H), 9.03 (br s, 0.9H), 8.67 (br s, 0.7) H), 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 1.8H), 7.07 (m, 0.2H), 6.77 (m, 2H), 2.72 (m, 3H). [Tautomeric]
KQ61:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ12.47(s,1H),10.04(s,1H),7.79(d,1H,J=7.9Hz),7.37(t,1H,J=7.7Hz),6.93–6.80(m,2H),2.50(s,3H).KQ61: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) δ 12.47 (s, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.37 (t, 1H, J) =7.7Hz), 6.93–6.80 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H).
KQ62:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ7.53(dd,1H,J=7.7,1.4Hz),7.25–7.15(m,1H),7.03(d,1H,J=7.7Hz),6.91(dd,1H,J=10.9,4.0Hz),6.44(s,1H),2.40(s,3H).KQ62: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 7.53 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7, 1.4 Hz), 7.25 - 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 6.91 (dd, 1H, J = 10.9, 4.0 Hz), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H).
13C NMR(101MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ156.02,152.63,139.97,129.24,126.59,119.42,116.91,117.06,101.34,10.96. 13 C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 156.02, 152.63, 139.97, 129.24, 126.59, 119.42, 116.91, 117.06, 101.34, 10.96.
KQ63:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ7.78(s,1H),7.44–7.30(m,1H),7.09(d,1H,J=8.3Hz),6.90(t,1H,J=7.5Hz),4.46(q,2H,J=7.1Hz),1.45(t,3H,J=7.1Hz).KQ63: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.44 - 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.90 (t, 1H, J =7.5 Hz), 4.46 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.45 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz).
13C NMR(101MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ161.07,158.07,149.31,131.89,131.54,124.62,119.20,118.18,111.96,100.12,61.64,14.51. 13 C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 161.07, 158.77, 149.31, 131.89, 131.54, 124.62, 119.20, 118.18, 111.96, 100.12, 61.64, 14.51.
KQ64:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)δ13.09(s,1H),11.81(s,1H),8.36(s,1H),7.90(d,1H,J=6.1Hz),7.79(s,1H),7.34–7.22(m,1H),6.98(d,1H,J=8.2Hz),6.93(t,1H,J=7.5Hz),2.77(t,3H,J=11.5Hz).KQ64: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 - DMSO, ppm) δ 13.09 (s, 1H), 11.81 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H, J = 6.1 Hz), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.34 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.93 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 2.77 (t, 3H, J = 11.5 Hz) ).
KQ65:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ11.47(s,1H),7.85(dd,1H,J=7.8,1.4Hz),7.04(dd,1H,J=8.3,0.6Hz),6.90–6.82(m,1H),2.82(q,2H,J=7.6Hz),1.35(t,3H,J=7.6Hz). KQ65: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3, ppm) δ11.47 (s, 1H), 7.85 (dd, 1H, J = 7.8,1.4Hz), 7.04 (dd, 1H, J = 8.3,0.6Hz), 6.90–6.82 (m, 1H), 2.82 (q, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.35 (t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz).
13C NMR(101MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ159.74,158.80,156.95,131.62,125.97,119.55,117.48, 13 C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 159.74, 158.80, 156.95, 131.62, 125.97, 119.55, 117.48,
112.65,20.30,11.84.112.65, 20.30, 11.84.
KQ66:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ11.49(s,1H),7.85(d,1H,J=7.8Hz),7.28(dd,1H,J=13.7,6.0Hz),7.03(d,1H,J=8.3Hz),6.87(t,1H,J=7.5Hz),2.77(t,2H,J=7.5Hz),1.87–1.73(m,2H),0.98(t,3H,J=7.3Hz).KQ66: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 11.49 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.28 (dd, 1H, J = 13.7, 6.0 Hz), 7.03 ( d,1H,J=8.3Hz), 6.87(t,1H,J=7.5Hz), 2.77(t,2H,J=7.5Hz),1.87–1.73(m,2H),0.98(t,3H,J =7.3Hz).
KQ67:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)δ7.79(d,1H,J=7.8Hz),7.72(s,1H),7.29(t,1H,J=7.8Hz),7.00(d,1H,J=8.3Hz),6.94(t,1H,J=7.6Hz),3.37(t,2H,J=7.2Hz),1.73–1.60(m,2H),1.00(t,3H,J=7.4Hz).KQ67: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) δ 7.79 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.00 (d) , 1H, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.94 (t, 1H, J = 7.6 Hz), 3.37 (t, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.73 - 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.00 (t, 3H, J = 7.4Hz).
KQ68:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ10.64(s,1H),7.62(d,1H,J=7.7Hz,),7.27(t,1H,J=7.4Hz,),7.11(d,1H,J=8.2Hz,),6.97(t,1H,J=7.5Hz,),6.46(s,1H),2.64(t,2H,J=7.6Hz,),1.79–1.63(m,2H),0.99(t,3H,J=7.3Hz).KQ68: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 10.64 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz,), 7.27 (t, 1H, J = 7.4 Hz,), 7.11 ( d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz, ), 6.97 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz,), 6.46 (s, 1H), 2.64 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz,), 1.79 - 1.63 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz).
13C NMR(101MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ155.78,152.16,144.94,129.07,126.54,119.48,117.00,116.93,100.12,27.48,22.34,13.72. 13 C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 155.78, 152.16, 144.94, 129.07, 126.54, 119.48, 117.00, 116.93, 100.12, 27.48, 22.34, 13.72.
KQ69:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ7.56(dd,1H,J=7.7,1.5Hz),7.25–7.17(m,1H),7.02(dd,1H,J=8.2,0.7Hz),6.94–6.86(m,1H),6.45(s,1H),2.75(q,2H,J=7.6Hz),1.34(t,3H,J=7.6Hz).KQ69: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 7.56 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7, 1.5 Hz), 7.25 - 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.02 (dd, 1H, J = 8.2, 0.7 Hz ), 6.94–6.86 (m, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 2.75 (q, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.34 (t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz).
KQ70:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ8.48(d,1H,J=2.7Hz),8.11(dd,1H,J=9.1,2.7Hz),7.07(d,1H,J=9.1Hz),6.58(s,1H),2.73(t,2H,J=7.5Hz),1.86–1.66(m,2H),1.03(t,3H,J=7.4Hz).KQ70: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 8.48 (d, 1H, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.11 (dd, 1H, J = 9.1, 2.7 Hz), 7.07 (d, 1H, J = 9.1 Hz), 6.58 (s, 1H), 2.73 (t, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.86 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.03 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz).
13C NMR(101MHz,CDCl3,ppm)δ161.96,150.73,145.57,140.52,125.07,122.86,117.67,117.09,100.94,27.60,22.37,13.83. 13 C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) δ 161.96, 150.73, 145.57, 140.52, 125.07, 122.86, 117.67, 117.09, 100.94, 27.60, 22.37, 13.83.
KQ71:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ9.98(br s,2H),7.50(d,1H,J=2.4Hz),7.14(dd,1H,J=2.4Hz,8.6Hz),6.95(d,1H,J=8.8Hz),6.42(s,1H),2.68(t,2H,J=7.6Hz),1.77-1.70(m,2H),1.00(t,2H,J=7.2Hz).KQ71: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 9.98 (br s, 2H), 7.50 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.14 (dd, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.6 Hz) , 6.95 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.42 (s, 1H), 2.68 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.77-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.00 (t, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ72:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3Cl,ppm)δ9.41(br s,2H),7.24-7.21(m,1H),6.97-6.88(m,2H),6.39(s,1H),2.68(t,2H,J=7.6Hz),1.77-1.69(m,2H),1.00(t,3H,J=7.6Hz).KQ72: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl, ppm) δ 9.41 (br s, 2H), 7.24-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.97-6.88 (m, 2H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 2.68 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.77-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.00 (t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz).
KQ73:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ6.89-6.84(m,1H),6.59(s,1H),6.37-6.34(m,1H),2.66(t,J=7.2Hz,2H),1.72-1.69(m,2H),0.98(t,J=7.2Hz,3H);13C NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ152.0,148.3,147.3,145.6,145.0,133.1,132.9,114.9,114.7,133.1,132.9,114.9,114.7,106.5,105.3,105.2,103.2,27.8,22.4,13.9. KQ73: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ6.89-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.37-6.34 (m, 1H), 2.66 (t, J = 7.2Hz, 2H), 1.72-1.69 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); 13 C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 152.0, 148.3, 147.3, 145.6, 145.0, 133.1, 132.9, 114.9, 114.7, 133.1, 132.9, 114.9, 114.7, 106.5, 105.3, 105.2, 103.2, 27.8, 22.4, 13.9.
KQ74:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO)δ11.68(s,1H),11.54(s,1H),7.96-7.93(m,1H),7.51-7.47(m,1H),6.61-6.56(m,1H),3.95(t,J=6.0Hz,2H),3.33-3.30(m,2H),1.72(s,3H);KQ74: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO) δ 11.68 (s, 1H), 11.54 (s, 1H), 7.96-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.47 (m, 1H), 6.61-6.56 (m, 1H), 3.95 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.30 (m, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H);
13C NMR(400MHz,d-DMSO)δ169.9,167.5,160.5,150.0,140.6,137.0,109.1,105.2,100.8,36.7,23.0. 13 C NMR (400 MHz, d-DMSO) δ 169.9, 167.5, 160.5, 150.0, 140.6, 137.0, 109.1, 105.2, 100.8, 36.7, 23.0.
KQ75:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO)δ11.67(s,1H),11.37(s,1H),7.48-7.43(m,1H),6.54-6.50(m,1H),3.83(t,J=7.2Hz,2H),1.62-1.56(m,2H),0.90(t,J=7.6Hz,3H);13C NMR(400MHz,d-DMSO)δ166.6,156.2,149.6,142.7,140.4,128.2,128.1,122.8,122.6,108.4,108.3,101.4,101.3,41.9,20.9,11.6.KQ75: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 - DMSO) δ 11.67 (s, 1H), 11.37 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 6.54 - 6.50 (m, 1H), 3.83 (t , J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.62-1.56 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H); 13 C NMR (400 MHz, d-DMSO) δ 166.6, 156.2, 149.6, 142.7, 140.4, 128.2, 128.1, 122.8, 122.6, 108.4, 108.3, 101.4, 101.3, 41.9, 20.9, 11.6.
KQ76:1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3,ppm)6.76(t,1H,J=12Hz),6.20(s,1H),4.58(s,2H),2.59(s,2H),1.66(d,2H,J=4Hz),0.98(d,3H,J=4Hz).KQ76: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 , ppm) 6.76 (t, 1H, J = 12 Hz), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 2.59 (s, 2H), 1.66 (d, 2H) , J = 4 Hz), 0.98 (d, 3H, J = 4 Hz).
KQ77:1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD,ppm)9.12(s,1H),7.33(dd,1H,J=8.4,10.8Hz),6.97(dd,1H,J=3.6,12.4Hz),3.09(t,2H,J=7.6Hz),1.91(m,2H)1.04(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).KQ77: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, ppm) 9.12 (s, 1H), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J = 8.4, 10.8 Hz), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J = 3.6, 12.4 Hz), 3.09 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.91 (m, 2H) 1.04 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
KQ78:1H NMR(400MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)13.03(br s,1H),10.88(br s,1H),7.17(dd,1H,J=9.2,11.2Hz)6.57(dd,1H,J=3.6,8.8Hz),2.94(t,2H,J=7.2Hz),1.76(m,2H,)0.92(t,3H,J=7.2Hz).13C NMR(101MHz,d6-DMSO,ppm)159.57,151.03,150.32(d,J=2Hz),144.24,141.90,127.32(d,J=4Hz),115.51(d,J=19Hz),108.64,106.26,102.38,29.26,22.30,14.16.KQ78: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, ppm) 13.03 (br s, 1H), 10.88 (br s, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H, J = 9.2, 11.2 Hz) 6.57 (dd, 1H, J = 3.6, 8.8 Hz), 2.94 (t, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.76 (m, 2H,) 0.92 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz). 13 C NMR (101 MHz, d 6 -DMSO, Ppm) 159.57, 151.03, 150.32 (d, J = 2 Hz), 144.24, 141.90, 127.32 (d, J = 4 Hz), 115.51 (d, J = 19 Hz), 108.64, 106.26, 102.38, 29.26, 22.30, 14.16.
KQ79:HRMS(EI+):found 273.1276[M]+,(Calcd for C15H16FN3O:273.1277).KQ79: HRMS (EI + ): found 273.1276 [M] + , (Calcd for C 15 H 16 FN 3 O: 273.1277).
KQ80:HRMS(EI+):found 275.1431[M]+,(Calcd for C15H18FN3O:275.1434).KQ80: HRMS (EI + ): found 275.1431 [M] + , (Calcd for C 15 H 18 FN 3 O: 275.1434).
KQ81:HRMS(EI+):found 261.1279[M]+,(Calcd for C14H16FN3O:261.1277).KQ81: HRMS (EI + ): found 261.1279 [M] + , (Calcd for C 14 H 16 FN 3 O: 261.1277).
活性测试实施例Activity test example
NMR化学位移扰动测试亲和力(KD):NMR HSQC滴定的方法检测被小分子化合物扰动的蛋白氨基酸残基,并通过扰动信号检测小分子和蛋白的结合亲和力。0.05mM到0.2mM的15N标记的BRM的溴结构域,与小分子化合物的摩尔比从0.0到4.0的浓度比范围内分别进行滴定。每个滴定数据点的HSQC图谱使用500MH或700MHz安捷伦核磁仪器在293K温度下采集18min。结果总结在表1中。NMR Chemical Displacement Perturbation Test Affinity (K D ): The NMR HSQC titration method detects protein amino acid residues that are perturbed by small molecule compounds and detects the binding affinity of small molecules and proteins by a perturbation signal. The bromodomain of the 15 N-labeled BRM of 0.05 mM to 0.2 mM was titrated separately from the molar ratio of the small molecule compound from 0.0 to 4.0. The HSQC pattern for each titration data point was acquired using a 500 MH or 700 MHz Agilent nuclear magnetic instrument for 18 min at 293 K. The results are summarized in Table 1.
细胞存活率实验:小分子对细胞的存活率的影响,使用MTT法检测。细胞放置于96孔板中,分别给予不同浓度的测试小分子样品、KQ70(阴性对照)以及DMSO(空白对照),给药3~4天,之后加入MTT储液(5mg/ml,20μL)。96孔板在CO2孵育箱中在37℃继续孵育4h。在每个孔中加入DMSO(150μL),混匀直至所有的晶体都溶解。使用SpectraMax M5(Molecular Devices,CA,USA)测试在490nm处的OD值。半抑制浓度IC50值通过非线性回归分析进行计算。细胞存活率实验分别在大细胞肺癌(属于非小细胞肺癌)H1299细 胞和肺腺癌细胞(属于非小细胞肺癌)A549细胞上进行测试。H1299细胞和A549细胞均为BRG1基因缺失(BRG1-),而BRM基因(BRM+)非缺失的细胞株,该细胞株的细胞内不能表达BRG1蛋白,但可正常表达BRM蛋白。能在细胞内阻止BRM蛋白与染色体相互作用的小分子,即可阻止BRM蛋白行使细胞内的功能。根据协同致死规律,在BRG1基因缺失的细胞里,阻止BRM蛋白的功能,则会导致细胞死亡,实现小分子杀死癌细胞的作用。Cell viability assay: The effect of small molecules on cell viability was detected using the MTT assay. The cells were placed in 96-well plates, and different concentrations of test small molecule samples, KQ70 (negative control), and DMSO (blank control) were administered for 3 to 4 days, followed by addition of MTT stock solution (5 mg/ml, 20 μL). 96-well plates were incubated for 4 h at 37 °C in a CO 2 incubator. DMSO (150 μL) was added to each well and mixed until all crystals were dissolved. The OD value at 490 nm was tested using a SpectraMax M5 (Molecular Devices, CA, USA). It was calculated by nonlinear regression analysis of the concentration values of 50% inhibition IC. Cell viability experiments were tested on large cell lung cancer (belonging to non-small cell lung cancer) H1299 cells and lung adenocarcinoma cells (belonging to non-small cell lung cancer) A549 cells, respectively. Both H1299 cells and A549 cells are BRG1 gene deletion (BRG1 - ), and BRM gene (BRM + ) non-deleted cell line. The cell line cannot express BRG1 protein, but can express BRM protein normally. A small molecule that blocks the interaction of a BRM protein with a chromosome in a cell prevents the BRM protein from performing intracellular functions. According to the synergistic lethality rule, in the BRG1 gene-deficient cells, blocking the function of the BRM protein leads to cell death and the effect of small molecules killing cancer cells.
按照常规检测方法,确定了各化合物(小分子)的半数抑制浓度(IC50),结果总结在表1中,在表1中,+++代表有强的抑制活性,++代表有中等抑制活性,+代表抑制活性较低,但仍具有明显优于现有已知化合物的抑制活性。The half-inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) of each compound (small molecule) was determined according to the conventional detection method, and the results are summarized in Table 1. In Table 1, +++ represents a strong inhibitory activity, and ++ represents a moderate inhibition. The activity, + represents a lower inhibitory activity, but still has a significantly better inhibitory activity than the known compounds.
表1:Table 1:
由此,可以证明本发明的化合物KQ1~KQ81能够有效地治疗癌症尤其是BRG1基因缺失的非小细胞肺癌。Thus, it can be confirmed that the compounds KQ1 to KQ81 of the present invention can effectively treat cancer, particularly the BRG1 gene-deficient non-small cell lung cancer.
本发明的化合物能够有效地应用于对癌症尤其是BRG1基因缺失的非小细胞肺癌的治疗。The compounds of the present invention are effective for the treatment of cancer, especially the BRG1 gene-deficient non-small cell lung cancer.
对于本领域技术人员显而易见的是,本公开内容并不限于前述说明性实施例,而且可以体现在其它具体形式中而又不偏离其实质特性。因此,预期各实施例在所有方面都被视作说明性的且非限制性的,应参照所附权利要求书,而不是前述实施例,因此,在所附权利要求书等同内容的含义和范围内的所有变化都包括在本文中。It is obvious to those skilled in the art that the present disclosure is not limited to the foregoing illustrative embodiments, and may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the essential characteristics. The present embodiments are to be considered in all respects as illustrative and not restrict All changes within this are included in this article.
在本说明书的描述中,参考术语“一个实施例”、“一些实施例”、“示例”、“具体示例”或“一些示例”等的描述意指结合该实施例或示例描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点包含于本发明的至少一个实施例或示例中。在本说明书中,对上述术语的示意性表述不一定指的是相同的实施例或示例。而且,描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点可以在任何的一个或多个实施例或示例中以合适的方式结合。In the description of the present specification, the description with reference to the terms "one embodiment", "some embodiments", "example", "specific example" or "some examples" and the like means a specific feature described in connection with the embodiment or example, A structure, material or feature is included in at least one embodiment or example of the invention. In the present specification, the schematic representation of the above terms does not necessarily mean the same embodiment or example. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, materials, or characteristics described may be combined in a suitable manner in any one or more embodiments or examples.
尽管上面已经示出和描述了本发明的实施例,可以理解的是,上述实施例是示例性的,不能理解为对本发明的限制,本领域的普通技术人员在不脱离本发明的原理和宗旨的情况 下在本发明的范围内可以对上述实施例进行变化、修改、替换和变型。 Although the embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described, it is understood that the foregoing embodiments are illustrative and not restrictive Case Variations, modifications, alterations and variations of the above-described embodiments are possible within the scope of the invention.
Claims (16)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201510925699.7A CN105523955B (en) | 2015-12-14 | 2015-12-14 | Compound and its purposes in medicine preparation |
| CN201510925699.7 | 2015-12-14 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2017101791A1 true WO2017101791A1 (en) | 2017-06-22 |
Family
ID=55766527
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2016/109961 Ceased WO2017101791A1 (en) | 2015-12-14 | 2016-12-14 | Compound and use thereof in preparing drug |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN105523955B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2017101791A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN110840876A (en) * | 2019-11-18 | 2020-02-28 | 青海民族大学 | Application of Gallic Acid from Torula sp. on CDC25 Phosphoprotease |
| CN114814020A (en) * | 2022-04-20 | 2022-07-29 | 安康市农产品质量安全检验监测中心 | Method for analyzing residual organophosphorus pesticide in agricultural products |
| US12037344B2 (en) | 2018-04-25 | 2024-07-16 | Innate Tumor Immunity, Inc | NLRP3 modulators |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN105523955B (en) * | 2015-12-14 | 2018-08-17 | 北京嘉林药业股份有限公司 | Compound and its purposes in medicine preparation |
| JOP20190192A1 (en) * | 2017-03-01 | 2019-08-08 | Glaxosmithkline Ip No 2 Ltd | Pyrazole derivatives as bromodomain inhibitors |
| CN112480079B (en) | 2017-11-08 | 2022-03-11 | 北京嘉林药业股份有限公司 | Compounds and their use for treating cancer |
| CN111848528B (en) * | 2019-04-29 | 2022-03-11 | 北京嘉林药业股份有限公司 | Compound for preventing and/or treating cancer and preparation method and application thereof |
| CN111635310A (en) * | 2020-05-21 | 2020-09-08 | 大连理工大学 | A kind of salicylic acid amide type corrosion inhibitor for protecting copper from corrosion in weak alkaline medium and preparation method thereof |
| CN116354879A (en) * | 2022-12-09 | 2023-06-30 | 中国药科大学 | A class of benzamide derivatives and their applications |
Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SE130522C1 (en) * | ||||
| DE4320801A1 (en) * | 1993-06-23 | 1995-01-05 | Fahlberg List Pharma Gmbh | 2-Hydroxyphenyl-substituted 1,2,4-triazoles and 1,2,4-oxadiazoles, their use as pharmaceutical agents and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
| CN1829437A (en) * | 2003-08-05 | 2006-09-06 | 拜尔作物科学有限公司 | Use of hydroxyaromatic compounds as safeners |
| CN102531949A (en) * | 2010-12-29 | 2012-07-04 | 中国医学科学院药物研究所 | Substituted benzamide compounds and preparation method and application thereof |
| CN103351309A (en) * | 2013-07-24 | 2013-10-16 | 中国船舶重工集团公司第七二五研究所 | Salicylic amide antifoulant and preparation method thereof |
| WO2014202779A1 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | L'oreal | Process for dyeing in the presence of oxidation bases comprising at least one sulfonic, sulfonamide, sulfone, amid or acid group and a metal catalyst, device and ready-to-use composition |
| CN105523955A (en) * | 2015-12-14 | 2016-04-27 | 清华大学 | Compound and application of compound in preparation of medicines |
Family Cites Families (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6291505B1 (en) * | 1998-08-07 | 2001-09-18 | Chiron Corporation | Estrogen receptor modulators |
| WO2005028474A2 (en) * | 2003-05-29 | 2005-03-31 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazoloquinoline derivatives as chk-1 inhibitors |
| JP5044730B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2012-10-10 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Novel HSP90 inhibitor |
| WO2009132238A2 (en) * | 2008-04-24 | 2009-10-29 | Newlink Genetics | Ido inhibitors |
| KR101434461B1 (en) * | 2011-10-21 | 2014-09-01 | 한국생명공학연구원 | 2-hydroxyarylamide derivatives or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, process for the preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and treatment of cancers containing the same as an active ingredient |
-
2015
- 2015-12-14 CN CN201510925699.7A patent/CN105523955B/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-12-14 WO PCT/CN2016/109961 patent/WO2017101791A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SE130522C1 (en) * | ||||
| DE4320801A1 (en) * | 1993-06-23 | 1995-01-05 | Fahlberg List Pharma Gmbh | 2-Hydroxyphenyl-substituted 1,2,4-triazoles and 1,2,4-oxadiazoles, their use as pharmaceutical agents and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
| CN1829437A (en) * | 2003-08-05 | 2006-09-06 | 拜尔作物科学有限公司 | Use of hydroxyaromatic compounds as safeners |
| CN102531949A (en) * | 2010-12-29 | 2012-07-04 | 中国医学科学院药物研究所 | Substituted benzamide compounds and preparation method and application thereof |
| WO2014202779A1 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | L'oreal | Process for dyeing in the presence of oxidation bases comprising at least one sulfonic, sulfonamide, sulfone, amid or acid group and a metal catalyst, device and ready-to-use composition |
| CN103351309A (en) * | 2013-07-24 | 2013-10-16 | 中国船舶重工集团公司第七二五研究所 | Salicylic amide antifoulant and preparation method thereof |
| CN105523955A (en) * | 2015-12-14 | 2016-04-27 | 清华大学 | Compound and application of compound in preparation of medicines |
Non-Patent Citations (8)
| Title |
|---|
| CIAMPA, G. ET AL.: "N-Substituted Salicylamides. II. Halogenated N-naphthyl-2-hydroxy-and N-naphthyl-2-acetoxybenzamides with Antibacterial and Antifungal Activity", RENDICONTO DELL' ACCADEMIA DELLE SCIENZE FISICHE E MATEMATICHE, vol. 33, 31 December 1966 (1966-12-31), NAPLES, pages 396 - 403 * |
| CLARK, C.R. ET AL.: "Liquid Chromatographic Studies on the Aqueous Solution Conformation of Substituted Benzamide Drug Models", JOURNAL OF CHROMATOGRAPHIC SCIENCE, vol. 27, no. 3, 31 December 1989 (1989-12-31), pages 111 - 117 * |
| KISHORE, P.V.V.N. ET AL.: "Twelve-Membered B2Si406 Borasiloxane Macrocycles", JOURNAL OF ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 743, 31 December 2013 (2013-12-31), pages 83 - 86, XP055391776 * |
| KRISHNAPRIYA, A.S. ET AL.: "RAS GTPase as the Drug Target for Anti-Cancer Designing of Drug from Template", KRISHNAPRIYA AND NAMBOORI , IJPSR, vol. 4, no. 11, 31 December 2013 (2013-12-31), pages 4457 - 4461, XP055391778 * |
| MOHAMED, A.A. ET AL.: "Synthesis and Anti-Inflammatory Testing of Some New Compounds Incorporating 5-Aminosalicylic Acid (5-ASA) as Potential Prodrugs", ARCHIVES OF PHARMACAL RESEARCH, vol. 28, no. 6, 31 December 2005 (2005-12-31), pages 637 - 647 * |
| SUTO, M.J. ET AL.: "Dihydroisoquinolinones: the Design and Synthesis of a New Series of Potent Inhibitors of Poly (ADP-Ribose) Polymerase", ANTI-CANCER DRUG DESIGN, vol. 7, 31 December 2005 (2005-12-31), pages 107 - 117, XP002086825 * |
| TRIPATHY, S.: "Biological Studies of Some New Amides and Diamides", JOURNAL OF THE INSTITUTION OF CHEMISTS, vol. 85, no. 4, 31 December 2013 (2013-12-31), pages 117 - 122 * |
| WAGNER, G. ET AL.: "Preparation of Substituted Salicylguanidines", PHARMAZIE, vol. 29, no. 5, 31 December 1974 (1974-12-31), pages 352 - 353 * |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US12037344B2 (en) | 2018-04-25 | 2024-07-16 | Innate Tumor Immunity, Inc | NLRP3 modulators |
| CN110840876A (en) * | 2019-11-18 | 2020-02-28 | 青海民族大学 | Application of Gallic Acid from Torula sp. on CDC25 Phosphoprotease |
| CN114814020A (en) * | 2022-04-20 | 2022-07-29 | 安康市农产品质量安全检验监测中心 | Method for analyzing residual organophosphorus pesticide in agricultural products |
| CN114814020B (en) * | 2022-04-20 | 2023-08-29 | 安康市农产品质量安全检验监测中心 | Analysis method for residual organophosphorus pesticide in agricultural products |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN105523955A (en) | 2016-04-27 |
| CN105523955B (en) | 2018-08-17 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2017101791A1 (en) | Compound and use thereof in preparing drug | |
| CN112566902B (en) | Compounds and uses thereof as modulators of nuclear transport | |
| JP7390415B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof as neurokinin-1 receptor antagonists | |
| CN106478500B (en) | Carboxylic acid substituted (hetero) aromatic ring derivatives, and preparation method and application thereof | |
| CN103189361B (en) | Estrogenic agents and uses thereof | |
| RU2537945C2 (en) | Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogues and use thereof as therapeutic agents and diagnostic samples | |
| ES2868748T3 (en) | Pyridine compound | |
| ES2526981T3 (en) | N-sulfonylbenzamides as voltage dependent sodium channel inhibitors | |
| TWI765995B (en) | Bicyclic heteroaryl derivatives and preparation and uses thereof | |
| TWI710552B (en) | Compounds as neuronal histamine receptor-3 antagonists and uses thereof | |
| ES2960953T3 (en) | Hydrochloride salt form for EZH2 inhibition | |
| CN105646389B (en) | A kind of sulfamic acid ester as indoleamine-2,3-dioxygenase inhibitor and its preparation method and use | |
| CN114195799A (en) | Pyrazine derivatives and their application in inhibiting SHP2 | |
| EA026704B1 (en) | Protein kinase inhibitors (variants), use thereof in treating oncological diseases and a pharmaceutical composition based thereon | |
| JP2022532718A (en) | ACSS2 inhibitor and its usage | |
| KR20220088375A (en) | Pyrrolamide compounds and uses thereof | |
| CN106349228B (en) | Substituted quinazolinone compounds and preparation method and use thereof | |
| ES2607807T3 (en) | Procedure for the preparation of c-fms kinase inhibitors | |
| CN118434417A (en) | Cyclic sulfonamide ribonucleotide reductase (RNR) inhibitors and uses thereof | |
| WO2018157801A1 (en) | Cyano group-substituted fused bicyclic derivative, preparation method therefor, and application thereof | |
| CN107531685A (en) | Compound with antitumor activity | |
| WO2023109751A1 (en) | Pyrimidine or pyridine derivative and medicinal use thereof | |
| CN112851648B (en) | Application of brefeldin A ester derivatives in antitumor drugs | |
| CN112851647B (en) | Brefeldin A derivative and preparation method and application thereof | |
| CN107089955B (en) | Sulfonamide derivative and preparation method and application thereof |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16874848 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16874848 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |